US20220151599A1 - Sealing device and delivery system - Google Patents
Sealing device and delivery system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220151599A1 US20220151599A1 US17/590,972 US202217590972A US2022151599A1 US 20220151599 A1 US20220151599 A1 US 20220151599A1 US 202217590972 A US202217590972 A US 202217590972A US 2022151599 A1 US2022151599 A1 US 2022151599A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- wire
- linear actuator
- defect
- wires
- sealing device
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/00234—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery
- A61B2017/00238—Type of minimally invasive operation
- A61B2017/00243—Type of minimally invasive operation cardiac
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00526—Methods of manufacturing
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
- A61B2017/00579—Barbed implements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
- A61B2017/00592—Elastic or resilient implements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
- A61B2017/00597—Implements comprising a membrane
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
- A61B2017/00606—Implements H-shaped in cross-section, i.e. with occluders on both sides of the opening
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
- A61B2017/00623—Introducing or retrieving devices therefor
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to sealing devices for repair of a cardiac or vascular defect or tissue opening, and to delivery systems for delivering and deploying the sealing devices.
- Occluding device implantation by open-heart surgery has historically been used to treat cardiac defects or tissue openings. More recently, to avoid the trauma and complications associated with open-heart surgery, a variety of trans-catheter closure techniques have been developed. In such techniques, an occluding device is delivered through a catheter to the site of the opening or defect, where it is deployed.
- trans-catheter-delivered devices are known, including devices that require assembly at the site of the tissue opening or require threading or “buttoning”. of discrete device elements.
- Other devices include self-expanding devices.
- An example of a self-expanding device includes an occlusion bag, a tube, a guide catheter, a super elastic wire, a release mechanism, and a delivery sheath.
- the super elastic wire is attached to the release mechanism and the wire, and the release mechanism, occlusion bag, guide catheter and tube are inserted into the delivery sheath for transport to an aperture. After delivery, the occlusion bag is placed within the aperture and the wire is deployed within the bag.
- the bag and wire are repositioned, if necessary, and the release mechanism is activated to release the wire.
- a self-expanding device includes a shape-set tubular metal fabric device and, optionally, an occluding fiber included in the hollow portions of the device.
- the metal fabric defines a medical device shaped like a bell, which can be collapsed for passage through a catheter for deployment in a channel of a patient's body.
- trans-catheter delivery devices are deployed using one of two basic techniques: pulling back an outer catheter to release the device, or pushing the device free of the catheter with a push rod.
- Each of these systems utilizes a handle to actuate the mechanism used to deploy the device.
- An example of such a system includes a flexible urging member for urging the sealing device through the catheter and a remotely located control means for advancing the urging member.
- the control means includes a threaded, tubular shaft connected to the urging member and a manually rotatable threaded rotor mounted on the shaft. The threads on the rotor mate with the threads on the shaft so that the rotation of the rotor through a known angle will advance the shaft and the urging member a known distance.
- An example of a system that utilizes a pull back outer shaft or catheter includes a handle that may selectively hold the delivery system components at any configuration during deployment and positioning of the device.
- the outer catheter of such a system is pulled back to release the device by actuating a sliding lever and a rotating finger ring on the delivery system handle.
- a medical device for sealing a defect or structure in a heart includes a wire frame with a plurality of wires that each extend from a proximal end of the wire frame to a distal end of the wire frame, and a sealing member in contact with the wire frame.
- the wires form a first wire aggregation element near the proximal end of the wire frame and a second wire aggregation element near the distal end of the wire frame.
- the first wire aggregation element is formed from first end portions of each wire of the plurality of wires
- the second wire aggregation element is formed from second end portions of each wire of the plurality of wires.
- the wires also form a first occluding member that includes, for each wire of the plurality of wires, a first generally linear segment and a first generally curved segment that together define a petal of the first occluding member.
- the first occluding member is disposed adjacent the first wire aggregation element.
- the wires also form a second occluding member that includes, for each wire of the plurality of wires, a second generally linear segment and a second generally curved segment that together define a petal of the second occluding member.
- the second occluding member is disposed adjacent the second wire aggregation element.
- the wires also form a defect-occupying portion disposed between the first occluding member and the second occluding member.
- Each wire of the plurality of wires includes, in the defect-occupying portion, a third generally linear segment, a fourth generally linear segment, and a third curved segment disposed between the third generally linear segment and the fourth generally linear segment.
- the sealing member includes one or more openings providing fluid passageways. The sealing member is in contact with the wire frame such that the one or more openings are disposed on at least one of the first occluding member and the second occluding member.
- a medical device for sealing a defect or structure in a heart includes a wire frame that includes a plurality of wires that each extend from a proximal end of the wire frame to a distal end of the wire frame, and a sealing member configured to define one or more fluid passage openings through the sealing member.
- the wires form a first wire aggregation element near the proximal end of the wire frame and a second wire aggregation element near the distal end of the wire frame.
- the first wire aggregation element is formed from first end portions of each wire of the plurality of wires
- the second wire aggregation element is formed from second end portions of each wire of the plurality of wires.
- the wires also form a first occluding member disposed adjacent the first wire aggregation element.
- the wires also form a second occluding member disposed adjacent the second wire aggregation element.
- the wires also form a defect-occupying portion disposed between the first occluding member and the second occluding member.
- Each wire of the plurality of wires includes, in the defect-occupying portion, a first generally linear segment, a second generally linear segment, and a curved segment disposed between the first generally linear segment and the second generally linear segment.
- the sealing member is disposed on the frame such that the one or more fluid passage openings are located on one or both of the first occluding member and the second occluding member.
- an implantable medical device for sealing an aperture in tissue includes a frame, a sealing member in contact with the frame, and an attachment feature adapted to couple with one or more components of a delivery system.
- the frame includes: a) a first occluding member that is adapted to conform to a geometry of a first tissue surface and to provide an apposition force against the first tissue surface, b) a second occluding member that is adapted to conform to a geometry of a second tissue surface and to provide an apposition force against the second tissue surface, and c) a defect-occupying member disposed between the first occluding member and the second occluding member.
- the frame is defined by a plurality of elongate members, each of which includes: a first portion that defines a petal of the first occluding member; a second portion that defines a petal of the second occluding member; and a third portion, disposed between the first portion and the second portion.
- the third portion includes a first generally linear segment, a second generally linear segment, and a curved segment disposed between the first generally linear segment and the second generally linear segment.
- the sealing member is discontinuous in at least one location on the sealing member such that one or more fluid passages through one or more petals of the first occluding member or the second occluding member are defined.
- an implantable medical device for sealing a defect that extends between a first tissue surface and a second tissue surface includes a frame, a sealing member that substantially covers the frame, and an attachment member adapted to couple with one or more components of a delivery system.
- the frame includes a first occluding member, a second occluding member, and a defect-occupying member between the first occluding member and the second occluding member.
- the frame is defined by a plurality of elongate members, and each elongate member of the plurality of elongate members includes: a first portion that defines a petal of the first occluding member; a second portion that defines a petal of the second occluding member; and a third portion, disposed between the first portion and the second portion.
- the third portion defines an inflection region of the defect-occupying member.
- the sealing member is configured with one or more separations that define an open area in the sealing member on the first occluding member or the second occluding member.
- a sealing device in another implementation, includes an expandable frame comprising a plurality of wires and a sealing member that at least partially encapsulates the expandable wire frame.
- Each of the wires extend from a proximal end to a distal end of the frame.
- First and second portions of each of the plurality of wires form a wound proximal eyelet and a wound distal eyelet.
- the plurality of wires form a proximal disk and a distal disk when the sealing device assumes a deployed configuration.
- the proximal disk and the distal disk are each disposed between the proximal eyelet and the distal eyelet.
- Each wire of the plurality of wires forms a respective petal of the proximal disk and forms a respective petal of the distal disk.
- Adjacent petals of the proximal disk overlap one another and are not interwoven with one another.
- Adjacent petals of the distal disk overlap one another and are not interwoven with one another.
- Each of the petals is configured to conform to tissue.
- the sealing member is configured with one or more openings defining passages through the sealing member located on at least one petal of the proximal disk or the distal disk.
- a sealing device in another implementation, includes an expandable frame comprising a plurality of wires and a sealing member in contact with the frame.
- Each of the wires extend from a proximal end to a distal end of the frame.
- First and second portions of each of the plurality of wires form a wound proximal eyelet and a wound distal eyelet.
- the plurality of wires form a proximal disk and a distal disk when the sealing device assumes a deployed configuration.
- the proximal disk and the distal disk are each disposed between the proximal eyelet and the distal eyelet.
- Each wire of the plurality of wires forms a respective petal of the proximal disk and forms a respective petal of the distal disk.
- the sealing member is configured with one or more discontinuities where a fluid passage through the sealing member is defined.
- a sealing device in another implementation, includes an expandable frame and a sealing member in contact with the frame.
- the frame forms a proximal disk and a distal disk when the sealing device assumes a deployed configuration.
- the sealing member is configured with one or more discontinuities where a fluid passage through the sealing member is defined.
- Each of the aforementioned sealing devices and medical devices may optionally include one or more of the following features.
- One or more of the openings, separations, or discontinuities may be all located on the first occluding member. At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed on the first occluding member; and at least a second opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed on the second occluding member.
- At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity and a second opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed on the first occluding member; and at least a third opening, separation, or discontinuity and a fourth opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed on the second occluding member.
- At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed within an interior space defined by the petal of the first occluding member or the second occluding member; and a perimeter of the first opening, separation, or discontinuity may be spaced apart from a wire that forms the petal.
- At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed between two petals; and a perimeter of the first opening, separation, or discontinuity may be spaced apart from wires that form the petals.
- At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed at a location where, when the medical device assumes a deployed configuration, a single layer of sealing member is present. At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed at a location where, when the medical device assumes a deployed configuration, two or more layers of sealing member are present. The first opening may be occluded by the sealing member unless the medical device is configured with a portion that is expanded as a result of a differential pressure between an interior and an exterior of the medical device.
- One or more of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may each have an open area within a range of about 0.4 mm 2 to about 4.0 mm 2 .
- FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a deployed sealing device attached to the distal end of a delivery system.
- FIG. 2A is a view of an expanded frame of a sealing device.
- FIG. 2B is an end on view of an eyelet of a sealing device.
- FIG. 2C is an end on view of a frame of a sealing device.
- FIGS. 3A-C are views of components of a winding jig.
- FIG. 4A is a side view of a winding jig.
- FIG. 4B is a top view of a winding jig.
- FIG. 5A is a side view of an expanded covered sealing device.
- FIG. 5B is a side view of an expanded partially covered sealing device.
- FIG. 6 is a side view of a self-centering embodiment of a sealing device.
- FIG. 7A is a side view of a deployed sealing device.
- FIG. 7B is a perspective view of the sealing device of FIG. 7A .
- FIG. 7C is another perspective view of the sealing device of FIG. 7A .
- FIG. 7D is a side fluoroscopic image showing a frame of the sealing device of FIG. 7A in a normal deployed configuration.
- FIG. 7E is a side fluoroscopic image showing the frame of the sealing device of FIG. 7A in a moderately expanded configuration.
- FIG. 7F is a side fluoroscopic image showing the frame of the sealing device of FIG. 7A in a more largely expanded configuration.
- FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a delivery system including a deployment handle and attached sealing device.
- FIG. 9A-D are flow charts describing the operation of the delivery system.
- FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a sealing device deployment handle.
- FIG. 11 is a perspective view of an assembly of a sealing device deployment handle.
- FIG. 12A is a top down view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator.
- FIG. 12B is a side view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator.
- FIG. 12C is a side view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator.
- FIG. 12D is a side view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator.
- FIG. 13A is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lock release actuator.
- FIG. 13B is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lock release actuator in the activated position.
- FIG. 14A is a perspective view of an embodiment of a spring.
- FIG. 14B is an end on view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator.
- FIG. 15 is an end on view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator with molded spring component.
- FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a spring component.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic of a base jig assembly including winding jig, wire weight and wire guide.
- FIGS. 18A, 18B and 18C are schematics of a manufacturing mandrel and an embodiment of a lock loop.
- FIG. 20A is a perspective view of a wire frame of a sealing device in a deployed configuration.
- FIG. 20B is a side view of a wire frame of a sealing device shown elongated along a mandrel.
- FIG. 21 is a view of a wire frame of a sealing device.
- FIG. 22A is a side view of a wire frame of a sealing device shown elongated along a mandrel.
- FIG. 22B is an illustration of an embodiment of a base jig.
- FIG. 23A is an end on view of a sealing device.
- FIG. 23B is a side view of the sealing device of FIG. 23A in an elongated configuration on a mandrel.
- FIG. 23C is an end view of another example sealing device.
- FIG. 23D is an end view of another example sealing device.
- FIG. 24A is a perspective view of a base jig.
- FIG. 24B is a side view of a lock loop forming tool.
- FIGS. 25A and 25B show elements of a wire-frame-forming device and a wire frame of a sealing device.
- FIGS. 26A-C illustrate an anchor component and method of attaching anchor component to a sealing device.
- FIG. 27 is an end view of a sealing device wire frame with an anchor component attached.
- FIG. 28 is a side view of a covered sealing device with anchor component attached.
- FIGS. 29A-C are illustrations of anchor component forming tools.
- FIG. 30 is a perspective view of an anchor component.
- FIG. 31 is a perspective view of a wire frame with anchor components attached.
- FIG. 32 is a perspective view of a winding path and jig for winding a sealing device with elongated waist area.
- FIG. 33 is an end view of an example frame of an example sealing device.
- FIG. 34 is a side view of the example frame of FIG. 33 , where the frame is shown in a partially elongated state disposed on a mandrel.
- FIG. 35 is a side view of an example sealing device in a partially elongated state.
- FIGS. 36A and 36B are end views of the example sealing device of FIG. 35 .
- FIG. 36C is an end view of another example sealing device.
- FIG. 36D is an end view of another example sealing device.
- FIGS. 37A and 37B are views of the device of FIG. 35 deployed in example defects that have generally circular shapes.
- FIG. 38 is a view of the device of FIG. 35 deployed in an example defect that has a non-circular shape.
- FIG. 39 is a view of an example sealing device deployed in a defect in an example heart model.
- FIG. 40 is a lateral view of a single wire of an example sealing device in a deployed configuration.
- FIG. 41A is an end view of a single wire of the example frame of FIG. 33 .
- FIG. 41B is an end view of a single wire of the example frame the device of FIG. 39 .
- FIG. 42 is a view of an example sealing device and an example delivery apparatus.
- a first embodiment provides a sealing device having an expandable frame formed from a plurality of wires extending from a proximal end to a distal end of the frame with the wires forming a proximal and distal eyelet with a sealing member at least partially encapsulating the expandable wire frame.
- FIG. 1 shows one embodiment of sealing device 100 .
- Sealing device 100 will be discussed in detail in a later section.
- Sealing device 100 may housed within third tube 104 .
- Third tube 104 contains sealing device 100 , first tube 102 , second tube 108 , retrieval cord 110 and locking loop 111 .
- Third tube 104 may be manufactured of Pebax® or any other material with suitable biocompatible and mechanical properties. A material choice with radiopacity may also be an option.
- the third tube 104 may be manufactured with or without a reinforcing braid to provide appropriate kink resistance and strength for the chosen application.
- Third tube 104 may also be designed with or without a radiopaque marker band. The design and materials of third tube 104 may be chosen for other properties such as torqueability, steerability and vascular trauma reduction.
- the third tube 104 may be of any size but is preferably 10fr. with an inner diameter of about 0.048 mm and an outer diameter of about 0.33 mm. Third tube 104 may be used with or without a guidewire and may include a rapid exchange port 103 . The tip of first tube 104 is preferably curved to aid in navigation and delivery of sealing device 100 from the access site to the defect with or without a guidewire.
- first tube 102 may be housed within third tube 104 .
- the first tube 102 may be of any outer diameter size but is preferably sized to fit within the lumen of the third tube 104 .
- First tube 102 may be manufactured of Pebax® or any other material with suitable biocompatible and mechanical properties.
- First tube 102 is preferably a triple lumen catheter.
- the lumens may be of any geometric shape but are preferably round or oval or a combination of both.
- First tube 102 may be used to position and aid in the deployment of sealing device 100 .
- First tube 102 may be utilized in conjunction with second tube 108 to cause sealing device 100 to protrude from the distal tip of third tube 104 once sealing device 100 has reached the defect site.
- the first tube 102 may also have the function of retaining sealing device 100 onto the delivery system until final device deployment.
- First tube 102 has an opening 109 in the distal most end to allow the locking loop 111 to protrude during device deployment.
- the opening 109 and protruding locking loop 111 provide attachment to the device delivery system.
- Locking loop 111 is shown in its extended position prior to retaining its pre-set shape.
- the first tube 102 may be surface treated or coated to enhance the material's biocompatibility or alter or enhance the surface friction.
- First tube 102 may house the second tube 108 .
- the second tube 108 is essentially tubular with an oval cross section and can have an outer diameter suitable to fit inside first tube 102 .
- a preferred outer diameter range would be from about 1.27 ⁇ 0.68 mm and would be flared at the distal end.
- the second tube 108 may be fabricated from any suitable biocompatible material including polymers or metals. A preferable material would be PEEK (polyetheretherketone).
- Second tube 108 can be used to aid in the delivery and deployment of sealing device 100 to a defect site.
- second tube 108 extends through the eyelets of sealing device 100 to hold sealing device 100 on the delivery system and to provide stability while deploying the sealing device 100 . Sealing device eyelets will be discussed further.
- Retrieval cord 110 is looped through two of the smaller lumens of the first tube 102 and through the proximal eyelet of the sealing device 100 to provide attachment to the delivery system and a method of retrieval once the sealing device has been deployed.
- Retrieval cord 110 extends through the length of first tube 102 with the ends terminating at the handle used for deploying sealing device 100 .
- Retrieval cord 110 may be manufactured of any biocompatible material of sufficient strength and size.
- a preferable material is ePTFE (expanded polytetrafluoroethylene).
- sealing device 100 is formed of a wire frame 200 .
- wire frame 200 When situated for delivery, wire frame 200 is at an extended position on second tube 108 and within third tube 104 .
- Wire frame 200 may be of any size appropriate for an application but is preferably sized with finished outer diameters of 15, 20, 25, or 30 mm.
- the wire frame 200 is formed of continuous wires. Any number of wires may be used to construct the wire frame 200 . A preferable number of wires is five.
- the wire frame 200 can be constructed of wires that have elastic properties that allow for wire frame 200 to be collapsed for catheter based delivery or thoracoscopic delivery, and self-expand to a “memory”.induced configuration once positioned in a defect.
- the elastic wire may be a spring wire, or a shape memory NiTi (nitinol) alloy wire or a super-elastic NiTi alloy wire.
- the elastic wire may also be of a drawn-filled type of NiTi containing a different metal at the core.
- wire frame 200 would be constructed of a drawn-filled type of NiTi wire containing a radiopaque metal at the center. Upon deployment, the wire structure resumes its deployed shape without permanent deformation.
- Wire frame 200 and other wire frames shown are formed from elastic wire materials that have outer diameters between 0.12 and 0.4 mm. In a preferable embodiment, wire outer diameter size would be about 0.3 mm.
- wire frame 200 comprises a distal bumper 208 , distal eyelet 204 , locking loop 206 , an optional center eyelet 203 , and proximal eyelet 202 .
- FIG. 2B shows the position of elastic wires during the formation of eyelets 202 , 203 and 204 of wire frame 200 .
- FIG. 2C shows a disk formed when wire frame 200 is deployed.
- the elastic wires that form wire frame 200 form petals 212 during deployment.
- the pre-set elastic wire configuration of wire frame 200 allows the frame to twist during deployment. This twist forms petals 212 .
- Deployed petals 212 form the outer diameter 214 of the wire frame 200 .
- Deployed petals 212 when covered with sealing member 106 , form proximal and distal disks, to be discussed further.
- Petals 212 are optimally formed to have overlapping zones 216 to improve sealing qualities.
- the radius of petals 212 may be maximized to minimize sharp bend angles in the elastic wire and to minimize unsupported sections of petals 212 that improve sealing qualities of the device, reduce bending fatigue in the wire and aid in reducing device loading forces.
- Deployed petals 212 form a disk on either side of the center eyelet 203 . The deployed configuration will be discussed further.
- Construction of wire frame 200 may be accomplished by a variety of means including machine winding with automatic wire tensioning or by hand winding with weights suspended from each wire during construction. Shown in FIGS. 3A-C are keyed center pin 300 and button 304 , which may be used to aid in the construction of wire frame 200 .
- One commonly skilled in the art would recognize that there are many materials suitable for use as a manufacturing aid or tooling.
- a preferable material for use in forming a center pin 300 would be cobalt high strength steel.
- a preferable material for use in forming a button 304 and winding jig would be corrosion resistant tool steel. The winding jig will be discussed further. Shown in detail in FIG.
- keyed center pin 300 may have groove 302 , which can be used to secure an elastic wire during device construction. Keyed center pin 300 can be used to guide an elastic wire through opening 306 in button 304 , the features of which are illustrated in FIGS. 3B-C . Button 304 is preferably formed with an indention 308 in the bottom to fit securely in a winding jig. An elastic wire held in groove 302 and inserted through opening 306 in button 304 can form a bumper 208 and locking loop 206 . Keyed center pin 300 is also used in the formation of eyelets 202 , 203 and 204 .
- elastic wires can be wound around keyed center pin 300 to form a distal eyelet 202 .
- Other eyelets, 203 and 204 can be formed in a similar manner.
- a winding jig may be used to secure and form the elastic wires during construction and processing of the sealing device 100 .
- a typical winding jig may be constructed as commonly known in the arts. Materials used for construction of such a winding jig have been discussed previously.
- a preferable winding jig is shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B .
- FIG. 4A illustrates a side view of the winding jig 400 .
- FIG. 4B shows a view of the top of a preferable winding jig 400 .
- Winding jig 400 contains an aperture 402 that may be shaped and sized to hold keyed center pin 300 and button 304 during device construction.
- Grooves 404 in the jig surface are used to secure and form the elastic wires into petals 212 .
- Grooves 404 may be of any diameter but are preferably sized to accommodate an outer diameter of elastic wire.
- the winding jig assembly may be used to form a center eyelet 203 , a petal assembly and proximal eyelet 204 .
- the shaped wire may be constrained in the winding jig assembly, heated and processed to shape set as commonly known in the arts.
- FIG. 5A shows an embodiment of sealing device 100 which is a composite assembly of wire frame 200 and sealing member 106 .
- Sealing member 106 may be attached to wire frame 200 by a bonding agent.
- Wire frame 200 may be coated with a bonding agent, for example fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP) or other suitable adhesive.
- FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
- the adhesive may be applied through contact coating, powder coating, dip coating, spray coating, or any other appropriate means.
- the FEP adhesive is applied by electrostatic powder coating.
- Sealing member 106 may be constructed of a variety of materials, such as DACRON®, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, fluoropolymers, polyurethane, foamed films, silicone, nylon, silk, thin sheets of super-elastic materials, woven materials, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), collagen, pericardium tissue or any other biocompatible material.
- sealing member 106 can be formed of a thin porous ePTFE (expanded polytetrafluoroethylene) substrate. Sealing member 106 is designed to enhance the defect closure characteristics of sealing device 100 by providing defect blockage and a medium for cellular ingrowth.
- proximal, distal and center eyelets ( 202 , 203 and 204 ), respectively covered with sealing member 106 and wrapped with a film.
- the eyelets 202 , 203 and 204 may be wrapped with a film to encourage adhesion of sealing member 106 to the device.
- the film used to wrap eyelets 202 , 203 , and 204 may be any biocompatible thin material but is a material preferably comprised of multiple layers of thin porous ePTFE that may be laminated with one or more layers of non-porous FEP.
- FIG. 5B illustrates an embodiment of sealing device 100 that includes a sealing member 508 that partially covers wire frame 200 .
- a partially covered device may have either the distal or proximal bulb covered in part or in entirely with a sealing member 508 .
- self centering device 600 comprises a wire frame 602 similar to that of wire frame 200 .
- Self centering device 600 is a composite assembly of wire frame 602 and sealing member 604 .
- Wire frame 602 may be constructed with the same techniques and a material as wire frame 200 but has no center eyelet.
- Wire frame 602 comprises distal bumper 606 , covered distal eyelet 608 , covered proximal eyelet 610 , and locking loop 612 .
- the pre-set elastic wire configuration of wire frame 602 allows the frame to twist upon deployment and create a centering region 614 of the device 600 during deployment. During deployment, region 614 may center itself in the defect forming a disk comprised of petals on either side of region 614 and the defect.
- FIG. 7A shows a sealing device 100 fully deployed.
- the constraint of the third tube 104 is removed from device 100 and the device returns to its pre-set shape.
- lock loop 111 is released from the constraint of first tube 102 and returns to its pre-set shape, curling from the proximal eyelet 202 .
- FIG. 7A also illustrates the position of the proximal and distal disks, elements 702 and 704 , in relation to the proximal, center, and distal eyelets 202 , 203 , and 204 , respectively.
- FIG. 7B shows an example embodiment of the sealing device 100 that includes an opening 205 that is defined by the sealing member 106 .
- the opening 205 is configured to provide a fluid communication passageway between the exterior and interior of the sealing device 100 .
- the opening 205 in the sealing member 106 can serve to at least partially prevent or relieve a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of the sealing device 100 .
- the opening 205 can thereby help to maintain the sealing device 100 in a desired position and configuration in relation to the patient's anatomy.
- a first non-limiting illustrative example of the functionality of the opening 205 is as follows.
- the sealing device 100 is deployed in an atrial septal defect.
- the blood pressure in the left atria tends to be higher than the blood pressure in the right atria. Consequently, some blood from the left atria may enter the interior of the sealing device 100 through the distal eyelet 204 (refer to FIG. 7A ) as it naturally seeks to flow towards the right atria where the pressure is lower.
- Such blood within the interior of the sealing device 100 may tend to cause the proximal disk 702 to expand away from the septal wall in some circumstances, due to a pressure differential between an interior and an exterior of the sealing device 100 .
- the frame 200 is shown deployed in a defect 12 of a septal wall 10 .
- the proximal eyelet 202 , the center eyelet 203 , and the distal eyelet 204 are visible.
- the proximal eyelet 202 is near to the septal wall 10 .
- the proximal eyelet 202 is spaced further away from the septal wall 10 than in the normal deployed configuration.
- the proximal eyelet 202 is spaced still further away from the septal wall 10 than in the configuration having a moderate amount of expansion of the proximal disk.
- the opening 205 in the sealing member 106 e.g., in the sealing member of the proximal disk 702
- one or more of the eyelets 202 , 203 , and/or 204 may be substantially occluded to reduce or prevent such blood flow into the interior of the device 100 .
- the sizes of the open areas of the eyelets 202 , 203 , and/or 204 may be selected and/or proportioned to provide desired fluid dynamic properties between the interior and exterior of the sealing device 100 to reduce the potential for expansion of the sealing device 100 due to a differential pressure between the interior and exterior of the sealing device 100 .
- a second non-limiting illustrative example of the functionality of the opening 205 is as follows.
- the transition between the delivery configuration and the deployed configuration of sealing device 100 can be at least partially facilitated by the functionality of the opening 205 .
- the interior volume of the sealing device 100 may fluctuate.
- the opening 205 can facilitate the transfer of fluid between the interior and exterior of the sealing device 100 as the interior volume of the sealing device 100 changes.
- the sealing device 100 may be initially deployed from a delivery sheath (e.g., third tube 104 of FIG.
- the interior volume of the sealing device 100 may fluctuate and blood may be driven to flow between the interior and exterior of the sealing device 100 in result. Having the opening 205 can allow for such blood flow more readily, resulting in an enhanced sealing device 100 deployment process.
- a single opening 205 in some embodiments two or more openings are defined in the sealing member 106 .
- two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, or more than twelve openings 205 are included in a single sealing device 100 .
- a single disk 702 or 704 (refer to FIG. 7A ) includes one or more openings 205 .
- both disks 702 and 704 include one or more openings 205 .
- both disks 702 and 704 include an equal number of openings 205 .
- the openings 205 can be located at various positions on the sealing device 100 .
- one or more of the openings 205 are located on a portion of the sealing member 106 that is disposed within a petal of the disk 702 and/or 704 (refer to FIG. 7A ) so that a fluid passage through the petal is thereby created.
- one or more of the openings 205 are located on one or more other portions of the sealing member 106 .
- just the proximal or just the distal faces of the disk(s) 702 and/or 704 include one or more openings 205 .
- both the proximal and distal faces of the disks 702 and/or 704 include one or more openings 205 .
- the perimeters of the one or more openings 205 in the sealing member 106 are spaced apart from the wires of the frame 200 (refer, e.g., to FIG. 2C ). In some embodiments, the perimeters of the one or more openings 205 are substantially adjacent to one or more of the wires of the frame 200 . In some embodiments, the one or more openings 205 are positioned coincident with (e.g., overlapping) at least one of the wires of the frame 200 .
- one or more of the openings 205 are located near the radially middle portion of a face of the disks 702 and/or 704 (e.g., about 4 mm to about 12 mm radially away from the eyelets 202 , 203 , and/or 204 depending on the size of the disks 702 and/or 704 ). In some embodiments, one or more of the openings 205 are located nearer to the eyelets 202 , 203 , and/or 204 (e.g., about 6 mm or less radially away from the eyelets 202 , 203 , and/or 204 depending on the size of the disks 702 and/or 704 ).
- one or more of the openings 205 are located nearer to the outer perimeter of the face of the disks 702 and/or 704 . In some embodiments, two or more openings 205 that are disposed at a combination of such locations can be included in a single sealing device 100 . In some embodiments, one or more of the openings 205 are located in the panel of sealing member 106 created by a petal 212 that is opposite of the position of the free end of the lock loop 111 (refer to FIG. 7A ). In some embodiments where openings 205 are present in both discs 702 and 704 , the placement of the one or more openings 205 is substantially the same on both disks 702 and 704 .
- the placement of the one or more openings 205 is substantially similar on both disks 702 and 704 except for an angulation (rotation) of the one or more openings 205 on one disk 702 or 704 as compared to the other disk 702 or 704 .
- some areas on the face of the disks 702 and 702 may have an individual layer of the sealing member 106 , while other areas on the face of the disks 702 may have two or more layers of the sealing member 106 . That is the case because, in some embodiments the sealing member 106 may be folded and overlapping at some areas on the face of the disks 702 and 704 but not folded or overlapping at other areas on the face of the disks 702 and 704 . For example, in some embodiments the sealing material 106 may tend to be folded or overlapping in some areas such as the areas 209 a and 209 b on each petal of the sealing device 100 . However, the space between the areas 209 a and 209 b on each petal of the sealing device 100 may tend to have an individual layer of the sealing member 106 .
- one or more of the openings 205 are located at areas that have an individual layer of the sealing member 106 . In some embodiments, one or more of the openings 205 are located at areas that have two or more layers of the sealing member 106 . In some embodiments, two or more openings 205 that are located at a combination of such individual-layer and two-or-more-layer locations can be included in a single sealing device 100 .
- one or more of such openings 205 are located in the overlapping zones of the petals 212 .
- an opening 211 is located such that when the sealing device frame 100 is in a deployed configuration, the opening 211 will be in the overlapping zones of the petals 212 .
- the opening 211 may be configured so that the opening 211 is not effectively patent unless the sealing device 100 is at least partially expanded as a result of a pressure differential between the interior and exterior of the sealing device 100 .
- the opening 211 may be in the portion of the sealing member 106 that is between adjacent petals 212 , and when the adjacent petals 212 are overlapping (so as to create the overlapping zones 216 ), the opening 211 may then be blocked by the folded layers of the sealing material 106 .
- the adjacent petals 212 may tend to separate and the folded layers of the sealing material 106 may at least partially unfold so that the opening 211 becomes at least partially patent.
- a differential pressure between the interior and exterior of the sealing device 100 can be at least partially relieved, and the expansion of the sealing device 100 can be reduced.
- the open area of the opening 205 can be of various sizes.
- the opening 205 is a circular hole that is about 1.0 mm in diameter, with an open area of about 0.8 mm 2 .
- the opening 205 is a circular hole that is about 2.0 mm in diameter, with an open area of about 3.1 mm 2 .
- the open area of the individual opening 205 can be within a range of about 0.1 mm 2 to about 0.7 mm 2 , 0.4 mm 2 to about 1.0 mm 2 , about 0.8 mm 2 to about 1.4 mm 2 , about 1.2 mm 2 to about 1.8 mm 2 , about 1.6 mm 2 to about 2.0 mm 2 , about 1.8 mm 2 to about 2.4 mm 2 , about 2.2 mm 2 to about 2.8 mm 2 , about 2.6 mm 2 to about 3.2 mm 2 , about 3.0 mm 2 to about 3.6 mm 2 , about 3.4mm 2 to about 4.0 mm 2 , about 3.8 mm 2 to about 4.4 mm 2 , or greater than about 4.4 mm 2 .
- substantially no sealing member 106 is disposed on the proximal disk 702 (refer to FIG. 7A ).
- the open area of the opening 205 can be selected in proportion to the area of the face of the disk 702 or 704 (refer to FIG. 7A ).
- the open area of the opening 205 (or the sum of two or more openings 205 ) in proportion to the area of the face of the disk 702 or 704 can be selected to have a ratio within a range of about 1:1800 to about 1:1500, about 1:1600 to about 1:1300, about 1:1400 to about 1:1100, about 1:1200 to about 1:900, about 1:1000 to about 1:700, about 1:800 to about 1:500. about 1:600 to about 1:300, about 1:400 to about 1:100, or a ratio less than about 1:100.
- the opening 205 can be a variety of different types of openings including, but not limited to: a slit, a perforation, a passageway, a discontinuity, a separation, a vent, a valve, a one-way valve, a tube, an orifice, a channel, a local area of greater permeability of the sealing member 106 , and the like.
- the opening 205 can have various cross-sectional shapes including, but not limited to: circular, semi-circular, ovular, triangular, square, rectangular, irregular, oblong, elongate, and the like.
- opening 205 types, shapes, sizes, quantities, locations, configurations, (and so on), can be combined in all possible combinations, sub-combinations, permutations, and arrangements in sealing device 100 , and in any and all other sealing device embodiments provided herein.
- the opening 205 in the sealing member 106 can be created using various techniques. Such techniques can include, but are not limited to, puncturing (e.g., using a needle, awl, knife, mandrel, die, or the like), die cutting, laser cutting, perforating, hot-knife cutting, punching, knife blade cutting, chemical treatment, and the like. In some embodiments, a portion of the sealing member 106 is removed to create the opening 205 . In some embodiments, no substantial amount of sealing member 106 is removed to create the opening 205 . Rather, the opening 205 is created by separating, deforming, and/or otherwise making the sealing member 106 discontinuous to create the opening 205 .
- the opening 205 is created by puncturing sealing member 106 in a direction from the external of the sealing device 100 towards the internal of the sealing device 100 . In some embodiments, the opening 205 is created by puncturing sealing member 106 in a direction from the internal of the sealing device 100 towards the external of the sealing device 100 .
- the opening 205 is created during or is a result of manufacturing of the sealing device 100 . In some embodiments, the opening 205 is created after the completion of manufacturing but prior to deployment of the sealing device 100 . In some embodiments, the opening 205 is created in situ during the device deployment process or after the deployment of the sealing device 100 in a patient.
- FIG. 7C shows another example embodiment of the sealing device 100 .
- the sealing device 100 includes a first opening 207 a and a second opening 207 b that are defined by the sealing member 106 .
- the openings 207 a and 207 b can each be individually configured to have any of the variations as described above in reference to opening 205 .
- the openings 207 a and 207 b share one or more similar features (e.g., type, shape, size, similar location, etc.).
- the openings 207 a and 207 b do not share any such similar features.
- FIG. 19 shows a base jig and other manufacturing aids used to manufacture an embodiment shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B and described in Example 4 .
- sealing device 40 is formed of wires 43 .
- Wire frame 40 may be of any size appropriate for an application but is may be sized with outer peripheral edge diameters of 15, 20, 25, or 30 mm.
- the wire frame 40 is formed of continuous wires. Any number of wires may be used to construct the wire frame 40 .
- FIGS. 20A and 20B show a device formed from 5 continuous wires.
- FIG. 20A shows a device in a deployed configuration while 20 B shows a device in an extended configuration.
- the wire frame 40 may be constructed of wires that have elastic properties that allow for wire frame 40 to be collapsed for catheter based delivery or thoracoscopic delivery, and self-expand to a “memory”.induced configuration once positioned in a defect.
- the elastic wire may be a spring wire, or a shape memory NiTi (nitinol) alloy wire or a super-elastic NiTi alloy wire.
- the elastic wire may also be of a drawn-filled type of NiTi containing a different metal at the core.
- Wire frame 40 may be constructed of a drawn-filled type of NiTi wire containing a radiopaque metal at the center. Upon deployment, the wire structure resumes its deployed shape without permanent deformation.
- Wire frame 40 and other wire frames shown are formed from elastic wire materials that have outer diameters between 0.12 and 0.4 mm.
- wire frame 40 comprises a first eyelet 41 , a second eyelet 42 , a plurality of wires 43 , a closed teardrop shape with an internal area 44 and inner peripheral edge 46 and an outer peripheral edge 45 .
- the outer peripheral edge 45 is shown as the outermost edge of the wire frame 40 .
- the inner peripheral edge 46 of wire frame 40 is illustrated by the inner most edge of the internal area 44 of the closed teardrop shape.
- a wire and closed teardrop shape will nest or interleaf itself between the wire form of the next wire of the device.
- the inner peripheral edge 46 will at least in part center itself within a cardiac defect or other tissue gap.
- the wire frame 40 may be covered with a sealing member as previously described.
- FIG. 21 illustrates an embodiment of the wire frame described in example 5 .
- the embodiment comprises a proximal 610 and distal eyelet 608 with at least five wires 602 , and a self centering waist portion 614 similar to that describe previously in relation to FIG. 6 .
- Such an embodiment may be manufactured of similar materials and methods as described previously.
- An alternate embodiment of a sealing device may be made by procuring two sealing device frames and seating one inside the other. Then covering the resulting frame as previously described. Such a device is described in example 6 .
- An embodiment such as this may be manufactured with similar materials and methods as described previously and subsequently described. This technique may be used with any of the wire frames described herein.
- FIG. 22A illustrates a wire frame 51 of a sealing device.
- the embodiment of FIG. 22A comprises a proximal 608 and distal eyelet 610 , a plurality of wires 602 , wires forming a wire frame 51 , a self centering waist portion 614 , a reniform shape with an open internal area (not shown) with an inner peripheral edge 54 and an outer peripheral edge 55 .
- the self centering waist portion 614 of this embodiment forms a reniform with an open internal area when in the deployed configuration.
- the outer peripheral edge 55 is shown as the outermost edge of the wire frame 51 .
- the inner peripheral edge 54 of wire frame 51 is illustrated by the inner most edge of the open internal area of the reniform shape. In a deployed configuration, the inner peripheral edge 54 will at least in part center itself within a cardiac defect or other tissue gap.
- the wire frame 51 as illustrated in FIG. 22A , has a relatively short extended length prior to deployment.
- a delivery configuration length to deployed radius ratio is about 2.5.
- Such a device may be formed of similar materials as described previously and may be covered with a sealing member also described previously.
- a lock loop 43 (illustrated in FIG. 18A ) may be manufactured separately from the wire frame of the sealing device.
- the lock loop 43 may be formed of any material suitable for forming a sealing device wire frame.
- the lock loop 43 may be made of a different material or have a different wire diameter than that of the sealing device wire frame.
- Lock loop component 43 is manufactured with an eyelet 49 similar to the eyelets of the sealing devices described herein.
- Lock loop 43 may be attached to any sealing device wire frame prior to or post sealing member attachment. Any suitable method of attaching the separate lock loop component to the sealing device may be used. A method of manufacture of a lock loop component is described further in example 9 .
- FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate an embodiment comprising a proximal 608 and distal eyelet 610 , a plurality of wires 52 , wires forming a wire frame 61 , a self centering waist portion 614 , a reniform shape with an open internal area (not shown) with an inner peripheral edge 54 and an outer peripheral edge 55 and a sealing member 604 .
- the self centering waist portion 614 of this embodiment forms a reniform with an open internal area when in the deployed configuration.
- the outer peripheral edge 55 is shown as the outermost edge of the wire frame 61 .
- the inner peripheral edge 54 of wire frame 61 is illustrated by the inner most edge of the open internal area of the reniform shape.
- the inner peripheral edge 54 will at least in part center itself within a cardiac defect or other tissue gap.
- This embodiment may be constructed with two frames previously described. This embodiment may be constructed of two frames wound in opposite directions or with two frames wound in the same direction. This and the other described wire frames may be constructed with the eyelets configured either as shown or with the eyelets turning toward the center area of the frame along the inner diameter of the device.
- Materials suitable for use as a sealing member 604 have been discussed previously. Sealing member 604 may be attached to the frame in this and other described embodiments as discussed previously. Sealing member 604 in this and other embodiments may be attached to the interior or inner surface of the wire frame and alternately to the exterior of the frame. The sealing member 604 may be attached at only portions of the wire frame leaving certain portions of the wire frame more degrees of freedom of movement. Sealing member 604 might also be attached to cover one side, portions or the entire wire frame 61 .
- FIG. 23C shows the sealing device embodiment of FIGS. 23A and 23B with the addition of an opening 605 that is defined by the sealing member 604 .
- the opening 605 is configured to provide a fluid communication passageway between the exterior and interior of the sealing device.
- the opening 605 in the sealing member 604 can serve to at least partially prevent or relieve a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of the sealing device.
- the opening 605 can thereby help to maintain the sealing device in a desired position and configuration in relation to the patient's anatomy.
- the opening 605 can include any of the features, traits, configurations, and variations described above in reference to opening 205 . While the depicted embodiment includes a single opening 605 , in some embodiments two or more openings are defined in the sealing member 604 (e.g., refer to FIG. 23D which has two openings 607 and 609 ). In some embodiments, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, or more than twelve openings 605 are included in a single sealing device.
- the openings 605 can be disposed on the proximal occlusive disk, the distal occlusive disk, or on a combination thereof,
- the opening 605 can be any of the various sizes, types, shapes, and configurations as described above in reference to the opening 205 . It should be understood that the aforementioned various types, shapes, sizes, quantities, locations, configurations, (and so on), of openings 205 and 605 can be combined in all possible permutations and arrangements in the sealing device of FIGS. 23A-23D , and in any other sealing device embodiment provided herein.
- FIG. 23D shows another example embodiment of the sealing device of FIGS. 23A and 23B with the addition of a first opening 607 and a second opening 609 that are defined by the sealing member 604 .
- the openings 607 and 609 can each be individually configured to have any of the features, configurations, and variations as described above in reference to openings 205 and 605 .
- the openings 607 and 609 share one or more similar traits (e.g., type, shape, size, similar location, etc.). In some embodiments, the openings 607 and 609 do not share any such similar traits.
- FIG. 25B Another embodiment is shown in FIG. 25B .
- This embodiment may be constructed with similar materials as those described previously.
- the embodiment comprises a wire frame 78 , first and second eyelets ( 73 and 75 , respectively), a sealing disc 77 , a plug region 79 and optionally a sealing member 604 (not shown).
- the embodiment may be constructed of any of the previously described wire frames.
- the sealing disc portion 77 of the embodiment is adapted to cover a wide range of opening sizes while the plug region 79 is adapted to conform to the anatomy into which it is inserted over its entire length. Sealing disc portion 77 has minimal deformation under radial pressure changes or radial pressure exerted upon the plug region 79 .
- Sealing disc 77 and plug region 79 have substantial directional independence due to the flexibility of waist portion 614 : that is, the longitudinal axis of the first eyelet 73 may be at significant offset with respect to the longitudinal axis of the second eyelet 75 .
- FIG. 33 is an end view of an example frame 1700 of an example sealing device 1702 .
- FIGS. 36A and 36B are end views of device 1702 , where the device 1702 includes the frame 1700 and a sealing member 1704 attached to the frame 1700 .
- FIG. 36A depicts a distal occluding member 1714 of the device
- FIG. 36B depicts a proximal occluding member 1712 of the device, where the distal and proximal occluding members have a generally disc shape (in a deployed configuration).
- Device 1702 may be used to seal a defect or tissue opening in a body of a patient, and in particular may be used to seal a defect or structure in a heart, such as a septal defect, or to seal other defects or tissue openings discussed herein. In general, the devices discussed herein may aid in substantially sealing such defects or structures. Device 1702 may be delivered to, and deployed at, a defect or tissue opening using the delivery apparatuses or systems described herein, for example. So that the wires 1706 of the frame 1702 may be more clearly shown, sealing member 1704 is not shown in FIG. 33 .
- device 1702 includes a delivery configuration and a deployed configuration, where the frame 1700 may be elongated, extended, or collapsed for passage through a delivery apparatus in the delivery configuration.
- FIG. 33 and the aforementioned FIGS. 36A and 36B , each depict the frame 1700 or device 1702 in the deployed configuration.
- FIG. 34 is a side view of the example frame 1700 of FIG. 33 , where the frame 1700 is shown in a partially elongated state disposed on a mandrel in FIG. 34 .
- the embodiment of frame 1700 depicted in FIGS. 33 and 34 includes eight wires 1706 , four of which are labeled in FIG. 34 .
- Some embodiments of the frame 1700 include six wires, and embodiments that include any desired number of wires (e.g., four, five, seven, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, or more) are envisioned.
- the wires 1706 of the frame 1700 each extend generally helically from a proximal end of the frame to a distal end of the frame. In general, the wires 1706 may be constructed of any of the materials described herein as pertaining to other wire and frame example embodiments.
- the wires 1706 of the frame 1700 form various features of the frame 1700 .
- the frame 1700 includes a first eyelet 1708 near the proximal end of the frame, and a second eyelet 1710 near the distal end of the frame.
- the first eyelet 1708 can be formed from first end portions of the wires 1706
- the second eyelet 1710 can be formed from second end portions of the wires 1706 , in some embodiments.
- one or more of the second end portions of the wires may also form a lock loop, as by extending from the eyelet and forming the lock loop.
- Eyelets 1708 and 1710 are examples of wire aggregation elements.
- wire aggregation elements can include hub-like elements that receive and terminate ends of each of the wires 1706 .
- frame 1700 includes two wire aggregation elements, generally disposed at or near the proximal and distal ends of the frame, respectively.
- the frame 1700 includes a first occluding member 1712 generally adjacent the first eyelet 1708 , and a second occluding member 1714 generally adjacent the second eyelet 1710 .
- the first and second occluding members 1712 and 1714 are discs in the deployed configuration, where the discs are generally formed by portions of the wires 1706 .
- the first occluding member 1712 includes a first generally linear segment 1716 , which may be referred to as a spoke (e.g., a spoke of the first occluding member 1712 ), and a first generally curved segment 1718 , which may be referred to as a rim and a spoke-to-rim transition region, where the first generally linear segment 1716 and the first generally curved segment 1718 together define a petal of the first occluding member 1712 .
- a spoke e.g., a spoke of the first occluding member 1712
- a first generally curved segment 1718 which may be referred to as a rim and a spoke-to-rim transition region, where the first generally linear segment 1716 and the first generally curved segment 1718 together define a petal of the first occluding member 1712 .
- the second occluding member 1714 includes a second generally linear segment 1720 , which may also be referred to as a spoke (e.g., a spoke of the second occluding member 1714 ), and a second generally curved segment 1722 , which may be referred to as a rim and a spoke-to-rim transition region, where the second generally linear segment 1720 and the second generally curved segment 1722 together define a petal of the second occluding member 1714 .
- a spoke e.g., a spoke of the second occluding member 1714
- a second generally curved segment 1722 which may be referred to as a rim and a spoke-to-rim transition region, where the second generally linear segment 1720 and the second generally curved segment 1722 together define a petal of the second occluding member 1714 .
- the frame 1700 also includes a defect-occupying portion 1724 disposed between the first occluding member 1712 and the second occluding member 1714 .
- the wire 1706 includes, in the defect-occupying portion 1724 , a third generally linear segment 1726 , a fourth generally linear segment 1728 , and a third generally curved segment 1730 disposed between the third generally linear segment 1726 and the fourth generally linear segment 1728 .
- the curved segment 1730 provides an inflection region for engaging the defect, as will be discussed in more detail below.
- the curved segment 1730 may be substantially in full contact with the defect or structure when deployed.
- the curved segment 1730 may be in contact with the defect or structure when deployed.
- the curved segment of the inflection region of the defect-occupying portion can have a radius of about 0.094′′.to about 0.305′′.
- the curved segment of the inflection region of the defect-occupying portion can have a radius of about 0.094′′.for a device designed to seal defects of size 8-15 mm; can have a radius of about 0.197′′.for a device designed to seal defects of size 13-20 mm; can have a radius of about 0.305′′.fora device designed to seal defects of size 18-25 mm; can have a radius of about 0.300′′.for a device designed to seal defects of size 23-30 mm; and can have a radius of about 0.302′′.fora device designed to seal defects of size 28-35 mm.
- Defect sizes can be determined in a number of ways, as is known to those skilled in the art.
- One way of determining defect size is to use a sizing balloon, where a balloon catheter is placed across a defect, the balloon is inflated, and an indentation into the balloon is measured to determine a diameter of the defect. See “Sizing of Atrial Septal Defects in Adults,”.by Hrodmar Helgason et al., Cardiology 2005; 104:1-5, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes. Echocardiography can be used to measure septal length, and a septal defect can be measured using fluoroscopy or echocardiography.
- a contrast-filled, compliant balloon may be placed across the defect and inflated until shunting through the defect has stopped, and the defect size can then be measured using either echocardiography or calibrated fluoroscopy, as will be known to one of skill in the art.
- FIG. 33 shows the various wire regions 1716 , 1718 , 1726 , 1730 , 1728 , 1722 , and 1720 labeled fora single wire 1706
- FIG. 34 shows some of the wire portions labeled on one wire and others of the wire portions labeled on a different wire.
- FIG. 34 also shows a lock loop 1713 and a bumper 1711 .
- the lock loop 1713 includes a straight portion of the lock loop and a “pigtail”.of the lock loop.
- the lock loop 1713 in not locked in FIG. 34 .
- FIG. 35 is a side view of the device 1702 in a partially elongated state on a mandrel, where the device 1702 includes the frame 1700 and sealing member 1704 .
- Sealing member 1704 may be the same or similar to sealing members discussed elsewhere herein.
- sealing member 1704 may be an ePTFE layer of material, and may be bonded to the frame by an adhesive, such as FEP.
- the one or more portions of the sealing member 1704 may be coated with a hydrophilic material to facilitate imaging of the device and surrounding tissue during implantation.
- Implementations of frame 1700 can be used to seal a wide variety of defect shapes and sizes.
- defects of relatively widely varying defect sizes may be effectively sealed using device 1702 .
- some implementations of device 1702 may effectively seal defects having a size range, from largest size to smallest size, where the size range from largest size to smallest size is up to about 7 mm.
- a single device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 8-15 mm; a single device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 13-20 mm; a single device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 18-25 mm; a single device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 23-30 mm; or a single device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 28-35 mm.
- the defect occupying portion 1724 is adapted to substantially fill a range of potential defect sizes from a largest defect size to a smallest defect size that is approximately 60% of the largest defect size, and wherein the defect-occupying portion deflects to an outer diameter that is less than about 60% of its nominal outer diameter when a radial pressure of about 0.04 N/mm 2 is applied to the defect occupying portion.
- the device may be configured such that the defect-occupying portion conforms to the shape of the defect, and the occluding members still maintain a generally flat profile (e.g., minimize substantial deviation from the contours of the tissue) on the tissue surface.
- the defect-occupying portion 1724 of the device may be very compliant. For example, when the device 1702 is placed in a defect, the defect-occupying portion 1724 of the device may not substantially deform the defect by pushing against the edge of the defect. Yet, the defect-occupying portion 1724 may still substantially fill the defect for a wide variety of defect sizes and defect shapes. For example, the defect-occupying portion 1724 may deflect based on a radial pressure applied to the defect-occupying portion 1724 by an edge of the defect.
- Such deflection of the defect-occupying portion 1724 may not induce “mushrooming”.or lifting effects on the occluding member discs of the device, so that the occluding member discs may continue to maintain a generally flat profile and conform to the tissue variances of the respective tissue surfaces that the discs appose.
- Radial stiffness testing wherein a radial pressure is applied to the defect-occupying portion 1724 of the device and a deflection of the defect-occupying portion is measured, has demonstrated the compliance of the defect-occupying portion.
- the defect-occupying portion 1724 of the device deflects to an outer diameter that is less than about 60% of its nominal outer diameter when a radial pressure of about 0.04 N/mm 2 is applied to the defect-occupying portion.
- Measurement of the defect-occupying portion deflection includes measuring a nominal outer diameter of the defect-occupying portion when the device is in a deployed configuration and when substantially zero radial pressure is applied to the defect-occupying portion, applying the radial pressure, and measuring the outer diameter again.
- the outer diameter of the defect-occupying portion can be measured at an inflection region of the defect-occupying portion, and such a diameter may be referred to as an inflection diameter of the device.
- an inflection diameter of the device For example, for a defect-occupying portion 1724 that includes, for each wire of the device, first and second linear sections and a curved section between the linear sections, the nominal outer diameter can be measured across the defect-occupying portion at the curved sections of opposing wires.
- the radial pressure may be applied by a flexible loop of a tensile testing machine, where an adjustable load balance of the testing machine can determine the amount of radial pressure applied by the flexible loop. With 0.04 N/mm 2 of radial pressure applied to the defect-occupying portion 1724 , the inflection diameter of the device is reduced to less than about 60% of the nominal inflection diameter, for example, because the defect-occupying portion 1724 is conformable.
- a first device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 27 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 17 mm can be used to seal defects of size 8-15 mm.
- a second device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 32 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 22 mm can be used to seal defects of size 13-20 mm.
- a third device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 37 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 27 mm can be used to seal defects of size 18-25 mm.
- a fourth device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 44 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 32 mm can be used to seal defects of size 23-30 mm.
- a fifth device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 48 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 36 mm can be used to seal defects of size 28-35 mm.
- FIG. 36C shows the sealing device 1702 with the addition of openings 1705 a and 1705 b that are defined by the sealing member 1704 .
- the openings 1705 a and 1705 b are configured to provide a fluid communication passageway between the exterior and interior of the sealing device 1702 .
- the openings 1705 a and 1705 b in the sealing member 1704 can serve to at least partially prevent or relieve a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of the sealing device 1702 .
- the openings 1705 a and 1705 b can thereby help to maintain the sealing device 1702 in a desired position and configuration in relation to the patient's anatomy.
- the openings 1705 a and 1705 b can individually include any of the features, traits, configurations, and variations described above in reference to openings 205 and 605 . While the depicted embodiment includes two openings 1705 a and 1705 b , in some embodiments other quantities of openings are defined in the sealing member 1704 (e.g., refer to FIG. 36D which has four openings 1715 a - d ). In some embodiments, one, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, or more than twelve openings 1705 a - b are included in a single sealing device 1702 . The openings 1705 a and 1705 b can be disposed on the first occluding member 1712 , the second occluding member 1714 , or on a combination thereof,
- the openings 1705 a and 1705 b can be any of the various sizes, types, shapes, and configurations as described above in reference to the openings 205 and 605 . It should be understood that the aforementioned various types, shapes, sizes, quantities, locations, configurations, (and so on), of openings 205 and 605 can be combined in all possible permutations and arrangements in the sealing device 1702 , and in any other sealing device embodiment provided herein.
- FIG. 36D shows another example embodiment of the sealing device 1702 , with the addition of a first opening 1715 a , a second opening 1715 b , a third opening 1715 c , and a fourth opening 1715 d that are each defined by the sealing member 1704 .
- the openings 1715 a , 1715 b , 1715 c , and 1715 d can each be individually configured to have any of the features and variations as described above in reference to openings 205 , 605 , 1705 a , and 1705 b .
- two or more of the openings 1715 a , 1715 b , 1715 c , and 1715 d share one or more similar traits (e.g., type, shape, size, similar location, etc.). In some embodiments, the openings 1715 a , 1715 b , 1715 c , and 1715 d do not share any such similar traits.
- FIGS. 37A and 37B show the device 1702 deployed in example defects 1740 and 1742 , respectively.
- a first defect 1740 having a dark shade in FIG. 37A in contrast to the surrounding lighter shade tissue surface, has a generally circular shape and a relatively smaller defect diameter.
- the diameter of defect 1742 is 28 mm.
- a second defect 1742 having a dark shade in FIG. 37B in contrast to the surrounding lighter shade tissue surface, also has a generally circular shape, but has a relatively larger defect diameter.
- the diameter of defect 1740 is 35 mm.
- device 1702 includes one or more radiopaque markers 1744 in the defect-occupying portion 1724 of the device.
- the device 1702 includes four radiopaque markers 1744 , one for every other (alternating) wire of the device 1702 .
- the radiopaque markers 1744 may be gold bands, in some implementations.
- the radiopaque markers may be crimped on to the wires 1706 in the inflection region of the defect-occupying portion 1724 for ease of device placement verification.
- Three markers 1744 are visible in FIG. 37B , and two markers 1744 are visible in FIG. 37A (the non-visible markers are obscured by the example tissue in each figure).
- the markers 1744 are resting against the edges of the defects 1740 and 1742 , both for the smaller diameter defect 1740 and for the larger diameter defect 1742 .
- device 1702 can treat a range of defect sizes without the rims or peripheral edges of the occluding members being substantially raised from the septal tissue. That is, even the rims of the devices may be in contact with tissue surrounding the defect for defects sizes within a treatment range of the device.
- FIG. 37B shows a lock loop 1713 that is locked or in a lock-loop-deployed configuration.
- FIG. 38 shows the device 1702 deployed in an example defect 1746 having a generally elliptical shape, the defect 1746 having a dark shade in FIG. 38 in contrast to the surrounding lighter shade tissue surface.
- Three markers 1744 are visible in FIG. 38 (the non-visible marker being obscured by the example tissue), and as can be seen the markers 1744 are generally resting against the edge of the defect 1746 .
- the device 1702 may be used to seal a defect having a generally round shape, a generally elliptical shape, a generally pear shape, a generally triangular shape, a generally square or rectangular shape, a generally polygon shape, a generally sem i-circular shape, or generally amorphous shapes.
- FIG. 38 also shows that an occluding member need not be centered at the geometric center of a defect, as the eyelet 1710 is generally in the lower half of the defect 1746 along the long axis of the defect, as shown.
- the device may be non-self-centering.
- the occluding members 1712 and 1714 of device 1702 may effectively conform to tissue regions on either side of the defect (e.g., the septal wall on either side of the defect), whether the geometry of such tissue regions is generally flat, or includes a non-flat topography, such as including one or more convex regions, one or more concave regions, or combinations of the foregoing (e.g., ridges or valleys in the tissue surface).
- the occluding members or discs of the device may effectively conform to one or more curvatures of the septum in the area around the defect.
- the occluding member's or members'.tendency to conform to the geometry of the surrounding surface in concert with the defect-occupying portion's compliance and minimal outward radial force application, permits the device to adapt to the defect, including by enabling offset of one or both of the occluding members from a center of the defect (e.g., as shown in FIG. 38 ).
- the defect-occupying portion 1724 of the device 1702 may substantially fully occupy the defect and may conform to the size and shape of the defect without imparting a force that is sufficient to cause buckling, lifting, or mushrooming of the occluding members 1712 and 1714 of the device, so that the occluding members 1712 and 1714 may remain in contact with, and provide apposition force against, the respective tissue surfaces (e.g., septal wall surfaces) on each side of the defect.
- the respective tissue surfaces e.g., septal wall surfaces
- FIG. 39 is a three-dimensional view of an example sealing device 1780 deployed in a model 1782 of a portion of a human heart that includes a septum with a tissue surface that includes a curved topography.
- the frame of device 1780 includes six wires.
- the device 1780 is deployed in an atrial septal defect, and the occluding member can be seen conforming to the septum on the right atrium side of the heart, when viewed through the inferior vena cava.
- the occluding member of the sealing device 1780 conforms to the concave curvature of the septal tissue surrounding the defect.
- the occluding members of the device provide an apposition force against the corresponding septal wall and generally assume the topography of the wall surface to substantially seal flat against the wall surface.
- the wires 1706 of frame 1700 are generally arranged such that they can move independently of one another between the eyelets 1708 and 1710 .
- the wire or portion of the wire encounters a geometry of a tissue, for example, the wire or portion of the wire is able to conform to the geometry of the tissue without substantially deflecting or affecting other wires 1706 of the device, in some embodiments.
- a wire portion or a petal of the first occluding member is adapted to bear a load associated with a first tissue surface without imparting a substantial force to the other wires of the device.
- a wire portion or a petal of the second occluding member is adapted to bear a load associated with a second tissue surface without imparting a substantial force to the other wires of the device.
- a first petal e.g., of the first occluding member
- a second petal e.g., of the second occluding member
- a load associated with a second tissue surface may not impart a substantial force to other petals (e.g., other petals of the second occluding member).
- a given wire 1706 forms a petal of the first occluding member and also forms a petal of the second occluding member, and in general the petal of the first occluding member may move substantially independently from the petal of the second occluding member, and the petal of the second occluding member may move substantially independently from the petal of the first occluding member.
- the petals may move generally independently from one another, and even for petals formed from the same wire (e.g., where one petal forms a portion of the proximal disc and the other petal forms a portion of the distal disc), the petals may generally move or conform to the tissue substantially independently from one another.
- a movement of one wire may not directly translate to a movement of one or more other wires of the device. Stated another way, a given wire is able to bear a load generally without substantially affecting other wires of the device.
- the final position of the device may be primarily driven by the occluding member 1712 and 1714 interactions with the tissue surfaces around the defect, and only minimally or substantially not driven by the defect-occupying portion's 1724 interface with the interior wall of the defect.
- the defect-occupying portion 1724 or a portion thereof e.g., the curved segment or only a portion of the curved segment
- the device may be configured such that the defect-occupying portion conforms to the shape of the defect and the occluding members still maintain a generally flat profile (e.g., minimize substantial deviation from the contours of the tissue) on the tissue surface.
- the occluding members may occupy a smaller volume within the atrium as compared to other sealing devices where mushrooming of the discs can be a problem for some defects. Maintaining a flat profile also may facilitate better incorporation of the device into native tissue via a tissue ingrowth process, for example.
- the devices shown in FIGS. 33-39 and described above are able to substantially seal a defect or structure in a heart of a patient, and to substantially occupy the defect or structure, based on a combination and interrelation of device properties that cooperate in a synergistic manner.
- a structure and orientation of the elongate elements including, e.g., the structure and orientation of the various portions or regions of the elongate elements, work together to provide for a stable placement of the device, while maintaining a profile that approximates the respective tissue surfaces on either side of the defect or structure.
- FIG. 40 is a lateral view of a single wire 1790 of a six-wire device, such as device 1780 of FIG. 39 , in a deployed configuration.
- FIG. 41A is an end view of a single wire 1706 of example frame 1700 .
- the proximal and distal eyelets are aligned longitudinally, so that the distal eyelet is immediately below the labeled proximal eyelet 1708 .
- FIG. 41A shows that an angle defined by the wire's exit from the proximal eyelet 1708 and the wire's entry to the distal eyelet is about 150 degrees, or in some embodiments in a range from about 150 degrees to about 152 degrees.
- frame 1700 includes eight wires 1706 .
- each of the device's wires when viewed individually, may define one of the aforementioned angles between the respective wire's exit and entry points. For each of the occluding members of the device, adjacent petals formed by the individual wires and corresponding to a particular occluding member will overlap one another.
- FIG. 41B is an end view of a single wire 1790 of the frame of example device 1780 .
- FIG. 41B shows that an angle defined by the wire's exit from the proximal eyelet and the wire's entry to the distal eyelet is about 210 degrees, or in some embodiments in a range from about 210 degrees to about 214 degrees.
- the angle defined by the aforementioned wire exit and entry points to the eyelets is about 212 degrees; for a device sized to occlude a defect with a size of 13-20 mm, the angle defined by the aforementioned wire exit and entry points to the eyelets is about 214 degrees; and for a device sized to occlude a defect with a size of 18-25 mm, the angle defined by the aforementioned wire exit and entry points to the eyelets is about 210 degrees.
- the frame for device 1780 includes six wires 1790 .
- each of the device's wires when viewed individually, may define one of the aforementioned angles between the respective wire's exit and entry points.
- adjacent petals formed by the individual wires and corresponding to a particular occluding member will overlap one another.
- FIG. 42 shows the device 1702 in a deployed configuration, where the device 1702 includes a non-metal attachment member 1796 .
- Non-metal attachment member 1796 may be an ePTFE loop attached to an eyelet of the device 1702 , for example.
- a retrieval cord 1798 which may comprise an ePTFE tether, of the delivery apparatus 1799 is looped through the non-metal attachment member 1796 .
- the device 1702 can be fully deployed while remaining coupled to the delivery apparatus 1799 , so that an assessment of the deployment under a lower tension or tension-free (as compared to the device being more rigidly secured to the delivery apparatus) may be performed.
- the device 1702 can be recaptured by the delivery apparatus 1799 by drawing the device 1702 into the apparatus using the retrieval cord 1798 .
- fraying of the retrieval cord 1798 may be minimized or avoided because of the non-metal-on-non-metal interface of retrieval cord 1798 and non-metal attachment member 1796 .
- non-metal attachment member 1796 and retrieval cord 1798 can comprise any biocompatible material of sufficient strength and flexibility.
- a metal attachment member can be used.
- the retrieval cord 1798 is looped through an eyelet of the device 1702 .
- Some embodiments include left and right discs interconnected by a defect occupying region.
- the discs may be soft and conformable, and the nominal diameters of the left and right discs may be substantially equivalent.
- the device may be preassembled to a delivery system.
- the devices may include fewer than ten Niti wires.
- the devices may include a small amount of metal mass.
- the devices may be versatile. For example, defect size ranges from 8 mm to 35 mm, such as for atrial septal defects, and more specifically for ostium secundum atrial septal defects, may be treated with five device sizes, in some implementations.
- the devices may be deployed by a handle deployment system with simple push/pull motions for loading and deployment. In some embodiments, the metal frame of the device may not be exposed to the bloodstream.
- a delivery catheter with both multi-purpose and Hausdorf-type curves may be used.
- a 10 Fr. (outer diameter) catheter may be used.
- An 11 Fr. (outer diameter) catheter may be
- the sealing devices described herein may be implanted using a percutaneous, transcatheter procedure.
- the sealing device may be loaded or attached to a delivery apparatus, for example as described above herein.
- the sealing device may be loaded or attached to a delivery catheter that is controlled by a control handle, for example.
- the delivery apparatus may be advanced to a location of defect or structure in a heart of a patient, and the sealing device may be deployed at the location of the defect or structure to seal the defect or structure.
- the defect or structure may be an atrial septal defect.
- the defect or structure may be an ostium secundum defect.
- the defect or structure may be a patent foramen ovale defect.
- the sealing device may be attached or loaded to a delivery catheter, which may be advanced over a guidewire across the atrial septum until the tip of the delivery catheter is positioned within the left atrium.
- the guidewire may be removed.
- a first action at a handle of a delivery system that is coupled to the delivery catheter may deploy the left occluding member (e.g., left disc) of the sealing device from the catheter.
- the first action may include moving a slider control on the handle in a first direction until the slider control encounters a stop. This action may be performed simultaneously with retracting the delivery catheter a distance.
- the first action may also include moving the slider control in a second direction that is different from the first direction (e.g., perpendicular to the first direction) and then again in the first direction until a tactile cue at the handle is encountered, which may indicate to an operator that the left occluding member has been deployed.
- the operator may give the handle a gentle tug to bring the left occluding member into contact with the left atrial septum.
- a second action at the handle may deploy the right occluding member (e.g., right disc).
- the second action may include moving the slider control in the first direction until the slider control encounters a stop, and then moving the slider control in a third direction that is different from the first and second directions (e.g., opposite of the second direction).
- a third action at the handle may cause the sealing device to be locked into place at the delivery location, as by locking the lock loop of the device.
- any of the sealing devices discussed herein may also be formed from a tube, such as laser-cut from a Nitinol tube.
- a laser may be used to cut a pattern into a hollow tube to create a sealing device that resembles the wire-wound sealing devices discussed herein, where portions of the tube remaining after the pattern has been cut may correspond to the elongate elements or wires of the devices discussed herein.
- a Nitinol tube having an outer diameter sized to correspond to the eyelet or elongate element aggregation elements discussed herein may be laser-cut in this manner, for example.
- eyelets or wire aggregation elements at or near the proximal or distal ends of the device
- one or both eyelets or wire aggregation elements may be oriented toward the center of the device rather than toward the proximal or distal ends of the device.
- devices that include eyelets oriented toward the center of the device, or for other styles of wire aggregation elements which may be used to replaced, e.g., eyelets or wire aggregation elements discussed herein
- FIG. 1 For examples of devices that include eyelets oriented toward the center of the device, or for other styles of wire aggregation elements (which may be used to replaced, e.g., eyelets or wire aggregation elements discussed herein), see the provisional patent application titled “Space Filling Devices,”.having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Brandon A. Lurie, Steven J. Masters, Thomas R.
- wire aggregation elements or hub elements which may be used to replaced, e.g., eyelets or wire aggregation elements discussed herein
- provisional patent application titled “Joint Assembly for Medical Devices,”.having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Steven J. Masters, and Thomas R. McDaniel filed on 16 Nov. 2012, assigned U.S. Ser. No. 61/727,328
- non-provisional patent application titled “Joint Assembly for Medical Devices” .having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Steven J. Masters, and Thomas R. McDaniel, filed on 15 Mar.
- Anchor components or fixation devices may be attached to any of the embodiments. Examples of anchor complements ( 80 and 96 ) are shown in FIGS. 26A and 30 .
- FIG. 26A illustrates an anchor component 80 with fixation elements configured to pierce, puncture or protrude into tissue adjacent to the device during or after deployment.
- Anchor component 96 in FIG. 30 illustrates fixation elements configured with blunt ends designed to grasp or engage the adjacent tissue without substantially protruding into the tissue.
- Other anchor components may be envisioned, including anchor components configured to possess both piercing and grasping capabilities. Such an anchor component may be similar to that shown in FIG.
- Anchor components may be attached at any eyelet of the device. Anchor components may be configured to bend in any direction. Single or multiple anchor components may be affixed to any device or wire frame in any combination. Said anchors can be designed to release the tissue for repositioning and/or retrieval. Further, when the sealing device is in a delivery configuration, the barbs may be collapsed to avoid catching on the catheter components during retrieval of the device.
- FIG. 8 shows a perspective view of sealing device 100 attached to a delivery system including first tube 102 , third tube 104 , and a handle for deploying a sealing device 100 .
- FIG. 8 further illustrates a fist linear actuator 802 , a flushing port 804 , the second linear actuator 806 , lock release actuator 808 , a housing 810 and a slot with a length in the housing 812 .
- First linear actuator 802 may have a variety of configurations, which will be discussed further.
- FIGS. 9A-D are flow charts which describe the movements of the various components of the delivery system and attached sealing device 100 during use. Loading sealing device 100 into the delivery system prior to use is described in FIG. 9A . Components of the delivery system handle are shown in FIGS. 8, 10 and 11 .
- a clinician may flush the delivery system by attaching a syringe or other suitable implement onto flushing port 804 and filling the system with saline or any other appropriate flushing material.
- the first linear actuator 802 may then be moved in slot 812 in housing 810 against a spring 1100 .
- Spring 1100 may be configured as shown or may be formed as a leaf spring, stepped spring or any form commonly known in the arts. This action rotates the mandrel control lever 1000 , shown in FIG.
- Sizing insert 1103 may be of any material with suitable mechanical properties.
- Typical handles, handle components, tools or catheters used to deliver medical devices can comprise commonly known materials such as Amorphous Commodity Thermoplastics that include Polymethyl Methacrylate (PMMA or Acrylic), Polystyrene (PS), Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS), Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Modified Polyethylene Terephthalate Glycol (PETG), Cellulose Acetate Butyrate (CAB); Semi-Crystalline Commodity Plastics that include Polyethylene (PE), High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE or LLDPE), Polypropylene (PP), Polymethylpentene (PM P); Amorphous Engineering Thermoplastics that include Polycarbonate (PC), Polyphenylene Oxide (PPO), Modified Polyphenylene Oxide (Mod PPO), Polyphenelyne Ether (PPE), Modified Polyphenelyne Ether (Mod PPE),Thermoplastic Polyurethane (TPU); Semi-
- a distal notch 1104 and proximal notch 1106 in sizing insert 1103 may be used to aid in the positioning of the first linear actuator 802 in housing slot 812 .
- the distance between the two notches, 1104 and 1106 respectively, may be the length of sealing device 100 when it is elongated over second tube 108 prior to loading onto the delivery system.
- Sizing insert 1103 may be sized to accommodate a variety of device lengths and is preferably from about 22.28 cm long with a distance between the proximal end of distal notch 1104 and proximal end of proximal notch 1106 from about 6.25-13.32 cm.
- Notches 1104 and 1106 may be of any shape but are preferably rectangular.
- First linear actuator 802 is then moved to a mid point in slot 812 toward the proximal end of the housing 810 . This action causes the first tube 102 to move proximally and the sealing device 100 proximal end to move proximally, thus elongating sealing device 100 .
- First linear actuator 802 may be any shape (e.g., lever, ball) but is preferably shaped to accommodate a clinician's thumb.
- First linear actuator 802 may be constructed of any material with suitable mechanical properties but is preferably a material similar to that of sizing insert 1103 .
- a feature of the first linear actuator 802 are recessed teeth formed in the top portion of the first linear actuator 802 for securing retrieval cord 110 . This feature is preferred but optional.
- the teeth could be made into any tortuous path or have any shape desired to create resistance for retrieval cord 110 during loading, deployment, or retrieval of sealing device 100 .
- Corresponding protruding teeth may be formed in the bottom surface of retrieval cord lock 803 . These teeth may fit together and hold the retrieval cord firmly. Other methods commonly known in the art for securing a small diameter cord may also be used and will be discussed in detail in a following section.
- the first linear actuator 802 is then moved further proximally until the device is loaded in third tube 104 .
- spring 1100 pushes the first linear actuator 802 and the mandrel control lever 1000 to the left of slot 812 and into the proximal notch 1106 in sizing insert 1103 .
- the second tube 108 is free to move proximally with sealing device 100 and first tube 102 .
- the first linear actuator 802 is moved proximally, the second tube 108 , sealing device 100 and first tube 102 slide or translate into the third tube 104 .
- the system may again be flushed with saline in the manner described above.
- FIGS. 12A-D Alternate embodiments of first linear actuator 802 are shown in FIGS. 12A-D .
- FIG. 12A shows a perspective view of the alternate linear actuator 1108 in the locked retrieval cord position.
- Linear actuator 1108 is similar in construction to linear actuator 802 but features a retrieval cord locking ring 1110 and retrieval cord groove 1112 .
- FIG. 12B depicts alternate embodiment 1114 , which is configured with a thumb wheel 1116 that extends beyond the sides of the linear actuator to facilitate easy manipulation. Thumb wheel 1116 is screwed onto a threaded post 1118 around which the retrieval cord is wound.
- Embodiment 1114 also contains a retrieval cord groove 1120 through which the retrieval cord is guided prior to securing it around threaded post 1118 .
- FIG. 12A shows a perspective view of the alternate linear actuator 1108 in the locked retrieval cord position.
- Linear actuator 1108 is similar in construction to linear actuator 802 but features a retrieval cord locking ring 1110
- FIG. 12C illustrates yet another embodiment 1122 that utilizes a side fitted threaded thumb wheel 1124 around which the retrieval cord is wound and secured to the actuator 1122 by the act of inserting the threaded post 1124 into a threaded aperture (not shown) in the side of the actuator 1122 .
- the retrieval cord Prior to winding the retrieval cord around the threaded post 1124 , the retrieval cord is inserted through the retrieval cord groove 1126 .
- FIG. 12D shows a linear actuator with molded thumb wheel 1130 .
- the thumb wheel 1130 extends slightly beyond the edges of the linear actuator facilitating manipulation of the linear actuator.
- the retrieval cord is inserted through cord groove 1132 and wound around a threaded post (not shown).
- the molded thumb wheel 1130 is then secured on the threaded post securing the retrieval cord.
- FIG. 9B Deploying sealing device 100 into a defect is described in FIG. 9B .
- the first linear actuator 802 is moved distally until a stop is reached. This movement causes the first tube 102 and second tube 108 to move distally within the third tube 104 .
- the linear actuator 802 must then be moved to the right in slot 812 , against spring 1100 .
- mandrel control lever 1000 rotates on slider rod 1102 .
- This action causes the linear actuator 802 to be free of the proximal notch 1106 in sizing insert 1103 .
- the linear actuator 802 is further translated distally. This causes the first tube 102 and proximal eyelet 202 of sealing device 100 to move distally.
- sealing device 100 Also affected by this action is the distal end of sealing device 100 , which is prevented from moving.
- the first tube 102 guides the device out of the third tube 104 to deploy the device in a defect.
- Moving linear actuator 802 distally to the end of slot 812 results in the entire sealing device being deployed.
- the retrieval cord lock 803 would be unsnapped from the first linear actuator 802 .
- a clinician would grasp the second linear actuator 806 by gripping attached lock release actuator 808 and press it toward the middle of housing 810 .
- the second linear actuator 806 may be of any size or shape but is preferably sized to fit within a slot 1002 in the longitudinal surface of housing 810 .
- Linear actuator 806 is fitted with lock release actuator 808 by means of a snap fitting. Any means of attachment would suffice to fasten lock release actuator 808 to linear actuator 806 , such as glue or construction as a molded part.
- Lock release actuator 808 is designed to enable a user to grip the device securely. Gripping may be aided by protrusions on the lateral sides of the lock release actuator 808 . These protrusions may be made of a similar material as that of the lock release actuator 808 , or may be made of a material with a high coefficient of friction or of a material more compliant than that of lock release actuator 808 . These protrusions may also be made with grating, a roughening, a raised design, or striations in the surface in conjunction with the material listed above to further aid in the gripping of the device.
- Slot 1002 may be configured to have a stop to hold the second linear actuator 806 in a distal most position until lock release of the sealing device. A preferred stop is shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 in the form of a corrugated area, but may also be any manner of mechanical stop. Slot 1002 may be of any length, but preferably has a length sufficient to translate motion proximally about the width of the second linear actuator 806 plus about 3.18 cm. Slot 1002 may be any shape that would accommodate the second linear actuator 806 .
- FIGS. 13A and 13B An alternate embodiment of second linear actuator 806 is shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B .
- a rotatable lock release actuator 1300 is gripped and rotated to affect lock release.
- the rotatable lock release actuator 1300 may contain a window 1302 , which would prevent forward movement of the first linear actuator 802 .
- lock release actuator 1300 allows the same actions as lock release actuator 806 shown in FIG. 10 .
- Second linear actuator 808 moves proximally. This action results in proximal movement of third tube 104 , mandrel control lever 1000 , sizing insert 1103 and second tube 108 . Second tube 108 moves proximally from between eyelets of the device.
- An alternate method of achieving this action would be to provide a twist mechanism to the distal end of the handle instead of a second linear actuator 806 . This twist mechanism would be provided with a slot that allows for the same movement of the third tube 104 , mandrel control lever 1000 , sizing insert 1103 and second tube 108 as the second linear actuator 806 .
- Retrieval cord 110 is attached to the retrieval cord lock 803 at one end.
- Retrieval cord 110 may be constructed of any material with suitable mechanical properties such as Kevlar®, flexible metal wire, polymers and the like.
- a preferred material for retrieval cord 110 is an ePTFE fiber.
- Retrieval cord lock 803 may be configured in a variety of shapes and sizes. Possible retrieval cord locks may be designed to provide a slot in the linear actuator 802 through which the retrieval passes.
- the retrieval cord is secured by passing the cord through a slot or hole in the axis of the thumb wheel disposed in the linear actuator 802 and tightened by twisting the thumb wheel.
- An alternate configuration would provide a slide lock that binds the retrieval cord between the lock and the linear actuator 802 using friction.
- a preferred design would be to secure the retrieval cord between teeth formed in the retrieval cord lock as shown in FIG. 11 .
- retrieval cord lock 803 Materials suitable for constructing retrieval cord lock 803 are similar to that used to construct housing 810 and other handle components. As mentioned previously, retrieval cord lock 803 preferably has teeth or protrusions that correspond to indentations in linear actuator 802 for the purpose of gripping retrieval cord 110 . Retrieval cord lock 803 may be configured in a variety of shapes to enable retrieval cord 110 to be secured. A preferred configuration would include apertures through the retrieval cord lock 803 to allow retrieval cord 110 to be passed therethrough and knotted. After twisting the retrieval cord lock 803 , it is pulled until the retrieval cord 110 is removed from the delivery system.
- the sealing device 100 may be retrieved as described in the flowchart illustrated in FIG. 9D .
- the retrieval cord lock 803 may be snapped into the first linear actuator 802 . This serves to lock the retrieval cord 110 in place.
- the clinician then moves the first linear actuator 802 to the right edge of slot 812 .
- the first linear actuator 802 moves in slot 812 to the right, pressing on spring 1100 while the mandrel control lever 1000 rotates on the slider rod 1102 to the right of the handle.
- Slider rod 1102 is preferably of a round cross-section but one skilled in the art would recognize that a variety of cross-sectional shapes (e.g., square or triangular) would be acceptable.
- Slider rod 1102 could also be configured in the shape of a crown spring 1400 , as shown in FIGS. 14A and B.
- the spring could be inserted in a slot 1402 through the linear actuator to allow fore and aft translation of the linear actuator.
- An alternate embodiment of spring 1100 may be a spring molded as an integral part 1500 of first linear actuator 802 , as illustrated by FIG. 15 .
- Another embodiment of spring 1100 is shown in FIG. 16 . In this configuration, a spring 1600 is attached to housing 810 and pushes on the first linear actuator 802 in key positions.
- the first linear actuator 802 is free of distal notch 1104 and the second tube 108 is prevented from moving.
- the first linear actuator is moved proximally by the clinician, causing first tube 102 to move proximally. This motion translates the proximal end of sealing device 100 proximally elongating the device 100 and allowing it to be pulled into the third tube 104 .
- a sealing device similar to FIG. 1 was manufactured using the following components and assembly process.
- Methanol bubble point was measured using a custom built machine with a 1 inch diameter foot, a ramp rate of 0.2 psi/second and a liquid media of methanol.
- Length and width of the material were measured using a metal ruler.
- Mass/area was measured using a balance (Model GF-400 Top Loader Balance, ANG, San Jose Calif.) with a 36 ⁇ 5 inch sample.
- Longitudinal maximum load was measured using a materials test machine (Model 5564, Instron, Grove City, Pa.) equipped with a 10 kg load cell. The gauge length was 1 inch and the cross head speed was 25 mm/minute. Sample width was 1 inch.
- Material was weighed using a precision analytical balance (Model GF-400 Top Loader Balance, ANG, San Jose Calif.) with a sample area of 36 ⁇ 1 inch sample. Length and width of the material were measured using a metal ruler. Material thickness was measured using a digital thickness gauge (Mitutoyo Digital Indicator 547-400) with a foot diameter of 1 ⁇ 4 inch. Maximum transverse load was measured using a materials test machine (Model 5564, Instron, Grove City, Pa.) equipped with a 10 kg load cell. The sample width was 1 inch, the gauge length was 1 inch and the cross head speed was 25 mm/minute.
- a distal eyelet was formed by first obtaining a length of 10% platinum drawn filled nitinol wire (Fort Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with a diameter of about 0.23 mm. This wire was labeled “first wire”. A free end of the first wire was doubled on itself to create an open-ended loop and the open-ended loop was inserted into the button. The button was then inserted onto the keyed center pin. The button was shaped to have an opening through the center to accommodate the keyed center pin and to have features that allow it to rest securely in the winding jig.
- the keyed center pin (major axis of about 0.51 mm and minor axis of about 0.25 mm and length of about 10.16 mm) was then inserted in the center of a winding jig.
- the keyed center pin was fabricated from high strength steel (Super Cobalt HSS Tool Bit, MSC#56424278, Seco Fagersta). The steel was tempered per manufacturer's instructions at 1475° F. for one hour.
- the winding jig and button were fabricated in house from corrosion resistant tool steel.
- a second length of the same type of drawn filled nitinol wire was obtained and labeled “fifth wire”.
- the first, fifth and an additional three wires were tensioned by attaching weights to the wire ends.
- the first wire and the fifth wire were then wound around the free end of the first wire one full revolution.
- the three additional wires were introduced to the winding jig and all five wires were wound around the free end of the first wire to a height of about 1.98 mm.
- a distal disk was then formed by separating the five wires and securing them in radial grooves around the circumferential edge of the winding jig.
- a radius was formed with the dimensions of 15 mm.
- Each wire formed one petal of the distal disk.
- the radius on the curvature of the petals was maximized in order to minimize sharp bend angles in the wire.
- a center eyelet was formed by grouping the wires together and winding them around the free end of the first wire and the keyed center pin to a height of about 1.98 mm. The wires were then separated and secured in radial grooves around the circumferential edge of the winding jig, creating a proximal disk with a radius of 15 mm.
- a proximal eyelet was formed by again grouping the five wires and winding them around the free end of the first wire and the keyed center pin to a height of about 1.98 mm.
- the five wires were then separated and secured by placing a stainless steel plate on top of the wires and locking down the plate with screws.
- the free end of the first wire was then wound one revolution around a stainless steel pin with a diameter of about 3.18 mm and secured similarly to the other five wires.
- the jig with sealing device was then removed from the stabilizing fixture and placed in an oven (BlueM SPX Electric Forced Air Convection Oven), and the wires were thermally shape set as commonly known in the arts.
- the device and jig were then water quenched.
- the secured wires were released from the securing plate, and the device was chilled and removed from the jig and keyed center pin.
- the device was then placed on a piece of flattened PEEK (polyetherether ketone), and trimmed by hand to the outer diameter of the distal eyelet.
- the lock loop was trimmed by hand to a point just beyond one complete revolution and pulled through the proximal and center eyelets.
- the device was pushed from the PEEK mandrel onto a keyed stainless steel process mandrel with an oval cross section.
- the mandrel was produced from flattened stainless steel wire (Ft. Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with an oval cross-section to have a 45° clockwise twist between the proximal eyelet and the center eyelet and a second 45° clockwise twist between the center eyelet and the distal eyelet.
- the process mandrel and device were then placed in a stabilizing fixture, which was placed in a FEP powder coating machine (C-30, Electrostatic Technology, Inc., Bradford, Conn.) and processed until coated completely. Excess FEP powder was removed from the device. The FEP was vacuumed from the lock loop, process mandrel and bumper. The process mandrel and device were removed from the stabilizing fixture, placed into an oven and baked to set the FEP coating, as commonly known in the arts.
- a FEP powder coating machine C-30, Electrostatic Technology, Inc., Bradford, Conn.
- a hollow core film mandrel (35.99 mm O.D. 76.2 cm long stainless steel) was obtained. Expanded polytetrafluoroethylene material with a slit width of 22.22 mm was obtained and loaded onto a spiral wrapping machine. The machine was manufactured in house to wrap PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene) material at any desired angle, tension and rate. The mandrel was loaded onto the wrapping machine and the material was wrapped three times around the circumference of the hollow core mandrel. The material was then wrapped around the mandrel at an angle of about 8° for the length of the mandrel. The direction of wrapping was reversed and the material over wrapped at the same angle. The third and fourth layers were wrapped in the same manner with the seams offset.
- PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
- the mandrel was removed from the wrapping machine, inserted in an oven and baked at 370° C. for 45 minutes.
- the wrapped mandrel was removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature.
- the resulting PTFE tube was removed from the mandrel.
- the PTFE tube was then cut to about 140 mm and hand stretched to a desired length of 155 mm. The PTFE tube was then pulled over the frame. The PTFE tube was then crimped onto the center eyelet and then crimped onto the distal and proximal eyelets.
- FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
- a sealing device similar to FIG. 6 was manufactured using the following components and assembly process.
- Expanded polytetrafluoroethylene and expanded polytetrafluoroethylene with a thin layer of FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) materials similar to that described in Example 1 were obtained.
- a distal eyelet was formed by first obtaining a length of 10% platinum drawn filled nitinol wire (Fort Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with a diameter of about 0.23 mm. This wire was labeled “first wire”. A free end of the first wire was doubled on itself to create an open-ended loop, and the open-ended loop was inserted into the button. The button was then inserted onto the keyed center pin. The button was shaped to have an opening through the center to accommodate the keyed center pin and to have features that allow it to rest securely in the winding jig.
- the keyed center pin (major axis of about 5.79 mm and minor axis of about 0.25 mm and length of about 10.16 mm) was inserted in the center of a winding jig.
- the keyed center pin was fabricated from high strength steel (Super Cobalt HSS Tool Bit, MSC#56424278, Seco Fagersta).
- the winding jig and button were fabricated in house from corrosion resistant tool steel.
- a second length of the same type of drawn filled nitinol wire was obtained and labeled “fifth wire”.
- the first, fifth and an additional three wires were tensioned by attaching weights to the wire ends.
- the first wire and the fifth wire were then wound around the free end of the first wire one full revolution.
- the three additional wires were introduced to the winding jig, and all five wires were wound around the free end of the first wire to a height of about 1.98 mm.
- a device was then formed by separating the five wires and securing them in radial grooves around the circumferential edge of the winding jig.
- a radius was formed with the dimensions of 15 mm.
- Each wire made an entire revolution around the winding jig.
- a proximal eyelet was formed by grouping the five wires and winding them around the free end of the first wire and the keyed center pin to a height of about 1.981 mm.
- the five wires were then separated and secured by placing a stainless steel plate on top of the wires and locking down the plate with screws.
- the free end of the first wire was then wound one revolution around a stainless steel pin with a diameter of about 3.18 mm and secured similarly to the other five wires.
- the jig with sealing device was removed from the stabilizing fixture and placed in an oven (Blue M SPX Electric Forced Air Convection Oven), where the wires were partially thermally shape set as commonly known in the arts.
- the device and jig were then water quenched.
- the secured wires were released from the securing plate, and then the device was chilled and removed from the jig and keyed center pin.
- the lock loop was trimmed by hand to a point just beyond one complete revolution and pulled through the proximal and center eyelets.
- the device was pushed from the PEEK mandrel onto a keyed stainless steel transfer mandrel with an oval cross section.
- the mandrel was produced from flattened stainless steel wire (Ft. Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with an oval cross-section.
- the device was then partially removed from one end of the transfer mandrel. The removed device end was twisted approximately 180° clockwise and repositioned on the transfer mandrel.
- the device and transfer mandrel were placed in an oven (Blue M SPX Electric Forced Air Convection Oven), where the wires were thermally shape set as commonly known in the arts.
- the transfer mandrel and device were then placed in a stabilizing fixture, which was placed in a FEP powder coating machine (C-30, Electrostatic Technology, Inc., Bradford, Conn.) and processed until coated completely. Excess FEP powder was removed. FEP powder was vacuumed from the lock loop, process mandrel and bumper. The transfer mandrel and device were then removed from the stabilizing fixture, placed into an oven and baked to set the FEP coating, as commonly known in the arts.
- FEP powder coating machine C-30, Electrostatic Technology, Inc., Bradford, Conn.
- a hollow core film mandrel (35.99 mm O.D. 76.2 cm long stainless steel) was obtained.
- An ePTFE material with a slit width of 22.24 mm was obtained and loaded onto a spiral wrapping machine.
- the machine was manufactured in house to wrap ePTFE film at any desired angle, tension and rate.
- the mandrel was loaded onto the wrapping machine and the film was wrapped three times around the circumference of the hollow core mandrel.
- the ePTFE material was then wrapped around the mandrel at an angle of about 8° for the length of the mandrel.
- the direction of wrapping was reversed and the material over wrapped at the same angle.
- the third and fourth layers were wrapped in the same manner with the seams offset.
- the mandrel was removed from the wrapping machine, inserted in an oven and baked at 370° C. for 45 minutes.
- the wrapped mandrel was removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature.
- the resulting ePTFE tube was removed from the mandrel.
- the ePTFE tube was then cut to about 140 mm and hand stretched to a desired length of 155 mm. The ePTFE tube was then pulled over the frame. The ePTFE tube was then crimped onto the distal and proximal eyelets. An ePTFE with a thin layer of FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) material was then wrapped four times around the eyelets. The wrapped eyelets were tacked into place using a soldering iron. The ePTFE tube was then heat set for 3 minutes at 320° C. and trimmed to the outer most points of the proximal and distal eyelets. The device was then removed from the mandrel.
- FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
- a handle assembly similar to FIG. 8 was manufactured using the following components and assembly process.
- Components for the handle assembly were fabricated using an injection molding process.
- the parts were fabricated by Contour Plastics (Baldwin, WI) using Lustran® 348. This material was suitable for use in medical devices and has an advertised tensile strength of 48.2 MPa and a tensile modulus of 2.62 GPa.
- the parts included the second linear actuator, flushing gasket retainer, a first linear actuator, retrieval cord lock, mandrel control lever, left body housing, sizing insert, right body housing, and a lock release actuator.
- a catheter tube formed with a layup process commonly known in the arts was ordered (Teleflex Medical, Jaffrey, N.H.) with an I.D. of 0.048 mm and an O.D. of 0.33 mm and a platinum iridium marker band placed near the end of the distal tip.
- the main body of the catheter tube was Pebax® 7233 tube with PTFE liner and stainless steel braid (65 PPI) and the distal most 20.32 mm of the catheter tube was comprised of 6333 Pebax® (0.027 mm I.D. and an 0.033 mm O.D.) and a curve in the distal end (39.98 mm radius).
- a guidewire port formed by a laser was placed in the catheter tube proximal of the marker band.
- a flushing gasket or u-cup type gasket made of silicone (22.99 mm depth, I.D. tapered from 2.89 mm to 1.85 mm I.D. tapered from 6.71 mm to 7.75 mm) was procured from Apple Rubber of Lancaster, N.Y.
- a flushing port (Merit Medical, South Jordan, Utah) having an about six inch flexible pvc (polyvinyl chloride) tube with a 3.18 mm O.D. female luer connector was obtained.
- a quick set cyanoacrylate adhesive was supplied from in-house stock. Stainless steel hypotubes were ordered from Small Parts, Inc.
- Slider rods (PTFE coated stainless steel hypotubes, 3.18 mm O.D., 1.65 mm I.D., length of 33.02 cm) were procured from Applied Plastics.
- Control springs (PTFE-coated stainless steel leaf springs, thickness 0.10 mm, minor flange length 5.33 mm, major flange length 10.11 mm, overall length 15.88 mm) were ordered from Incodema of Ithaca, N.Y.
- triple lumen tubes were manufactured of Pebax® 7233 with 20% barium sulfate. Both triple lumen tubes had an O.D. (outer diameter) of 0.25 mm. One triple lumen tube had round lumens with two I.D.s (inner diameters) of 0.035 mm and one I.D. of 0.15 mm. One triple lumen tube had one lumen with an oval cross-section with two I.D.s of 0.036 mm and one I.D of 0.127 ⁇ 0.07 mm. Stainless steel PTFE coated (polytetrafluoroethylene) process mandrels were manufactured in house.
- One process mandrel had a cross-sectional shape that transitioned from round (O.D. of 0.16 mm) to oval (O.D. of 0.14 ⁇ 0.07 mm).
- PTFE covered stainless steel wire was procured from in house stock (O.D. 0.03 mm).
- Standard luer fittings were obtained from in house stock.
- a PEEK (polyetheretherketone) second tube extrusion was obtained from in house stock with an oval cross-section of 1.27 ⁇ 0.69 mm O.D.
- a first tube was made in the following manner.
- One triple lumen extruded tube with round lumens was obtained.
- Another triple lumen extruded tube was obtained with one lumen having an oval cross-section.
- a stainless steel processing mandrel was also obtained having a cross-sectional shape, which transitions from round (O.D. of 1.52 mm), to oval (O.D. of 1.39 ⁇ 0.81 mm).
- Both extruded tubes were loaded onto the mandrel, with the mandrel being inserted through the larger lumen on both tubes.
- Two small PTFE covered stainless steel wires were inserted through the smaller lumens of both extruded tubes.
- the mandrel and tubes were inserted into a RF (radio frequency) die (2.51 mm I.D., 4.45 mm length, fabricated from D2 tool steel).
- the junction of the two catheters was positioned in the center of the RF die.
- the RF die and mandrel was placed in the middle of an RF coil on an RF welding machine (Hot Shot I, Ameritherm Inc., Scottsville, N.Y.) and welded as commonly known in the art.
- RF welding machine Hot Shot I, Ameritherm Inc., Scottsville, N.Y.
- pressure was applied to each end of the extruded tubes to meld the junction of the tubes.
- the die was then sprayed with compressed air to cool the die and to set the Pebax®.
- the extruded tube and die were removed from the RF machine, and the extruded tube was removed from the die.
- the process mandrel and wires were removed from the lumens of the extruded
- a lubricious coating may be applied to the second tube.
- a silicone mold release spray (Nix Stix X-9032A, Dwight Products, Inc., Lyndhurst N.J.) may be sprayed onto about the distal 30 cm of the second tube and allowed to dry at ambient temperature under a fume hood.
- a third tube sub-assembly was made in the following manner.
- a catheter tube was bisected with a straight razor at approximately 6.35 cm from the proximal end of the catheter tube.
- a male and female in-line luer connector (Qosina, Edgewood, N.Y.) was obtained and drilled to an I.D. of 3.45 mm.
- U.V. (ultra-violet) cured adhesive (Loctite 3041) was applied to the bisected ends of the catheter tube and the drilled luer fittings were attached. The adhesive was cured per manufacturer's instructions and the luer fittings were screwed together.
- the second linear actuator sub-assembly was made in the following manner.
- the second linear actuator, flushing port, flushing gasket retainer and silicone flushing gasket were obtained.
- the flushing gasket was inserted into the back of the second linear actuator with the u portion of the flushing gasket facing distally.
- the flushing gasket retainer was fitted over the top inside the second linear actuator. Cyanoacrylate glue was applied around the gasket retainer to hold the gasket retainer in place.
- the flushing port was placed into an aperture in the second linear actuator and an U.V. cure adhesive was applied and cured according to manufactures instructions.
- a first tube was obtained and cyanoacrylate was applied to the outside surface of the round I.D. section of the catheter in a 2.54 cm band from the end.
- the catheter was then inserted into the distal end of the control shuttle until the catheter became flush with the back of the control shuttle.
- the catheter was oriented so that the two small lumens were horizontal and on the top portion of the round lumen.
- the retrieval cord lock was snapped onto the control shuttle.
- the second tube sub-assembly was manufactured in the following manner. A four inch piece of 0.033 mm diameter nitinol wire was inserted into the second tube extrusion. The second tube extrusion with wire insert was inserted into a hypotube. The distal end of the hypotube was crimped by hand three times.
- the distal end of the first tube was passed through the top of the mandrel control lever and through the top aperture on the distal end of the mandrel control lever.
- the distal end of the second tube was extended into the proximal end of the control catheter.
- the second tube was pushed into the first tube until about 4 in. of hypotube were protruding from the end of the control catheter.
- a cyanoacrylate adhesive was applied to the proximal end of the hypotube over about a 12.7 mm section. This section was inserted into the top aperture in the proximal end of the mandrel control lever until flush with the back of the mandrel control lever.
- the distal end of the first tube was then extended into the proximal end of the second linear actuator.
- the second linear actuator was moved to the back most position on the control catheter.
- a sizing insert was then fitted into a left body shell.
- the sizing insert was oriented so that the groove in the sizing insert fit over the ridge in the left shell.
- the catheter sub assembly was placed into the left body shell so that the mandrel control lever fit into the sizing insert and the second linear actuator fit into the slot in the distal end of the left body shell.
- a slider rod was inserted through the openings in the sizing insert, mandrel control lever, control shuttle and the second linear actuator.
- the slider rod was made to rest on two supports in the left body shell.
- the control spring was inserted into the right body shell so that it fit into the opposing teeth.
- the right body shell was then placed onto the left body shell and the two were snapped together.
- Two screws (#4-24 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 in. thread-forming Pan Head) were inserted into the available apertures on the left body shell and tightened.
- the lock release actuator was snapped into place on the right tab of the second linear actuator with a drop of
- the second linear actuator, control shuttle, and the mandrel control lever were moved to their forward most positions.
- the second linear actuator was pulled back and then returned to its forward position.
- the distal end of the first tube was trimmed by hand with a razor blade to 1.27 mm measured from the tip of the third tube.
- the sizing insert was pushed forward.
- the second tube was trimmed by hand using a razor blade to a length of about 0.76 mm measured from the distal most end of the control catheter.
- An about 4 inch long piece of nitinol wire (0.30 mm diameter) was obtained.
- a cyanoacrylate adhesive was applied into the tip of the second tube with an elongated applicator tip.
- the nitinol wire was inserted into the tip of the locking and another piece of wire was used to insert the nitinol wire about 2 mm into the second tube.
- the cyanoacrylate adhesive was allowed to cure.
- the second linear actuator was pulled back and a slot was punched out of the control catheter.
- the slot had a width that was about the same width as the small axis of the oval lumen of the catheter.
- a razor was used to skive the slot to a final length of about 19.05 mm.
- the second linear actuator and the sizing insert were then moved to a forward position.
- a retrieval cord approximately 3.05 m long (PTFE fiber with a 0.25 mm O.D.) and a 1.52 m (0.15 mm O.D.) nitinol wire were obtained.
- the nitinol wire was inserted into one of the 0.04 mm lumens in the first tube and pushed through until it came out into the handle. Tweezers were used to grasp the wire and pull it out of the slot in the handle.
- About 76.2 mm of wire were made to protrude from the distal end of the control catheter.
- a loop was formed in the wire by inserting the loose end into the same lumen at the distal end of the control catheter.
- About 76.2 mm of retrieval cord was then passed through the resulting loop. The nitinol wire was pulled through the catheter until the retrieval cord protruded into the handle.
- a sealing device was obtained.
- a needle of a type commonly used for sewing was threaded with the retrieval cord and the needle was inserted through the PTFE bag opposite the lock loop and through the lumen of the proximal eyelet of the sealing device.
- the nitinol wire was then passed through the remaining unoccupied 0.04mm lumen in the first tube with the loop end of the wire pointing distally.
- the needle was removed from the retrieval cord and the cord was threaded through the loop on the nitinol wire.
- the retrieval cord was then pulled through the catheter in the manner described previously.
- the control shuttle was retracted approximately 12.7 mm.
- the second tube was then extended through the eyelets of the device. Tweezers were used to grasp the retrieval cord and pull into the outside of the handle.
- a loop was formed in a portion of small diameter nitinol wire. The loop was inserted through an aperture in the distal portion of the top of the control shuttle.
- the retrieval cord was threaded through this loop and pulled through the aperture in the distal portion of the control shuttle.
- the retrieval cord lock was removed from the control shuttle and one free end of the retrieval cord was inserted through the aperture in the retrieval cord lock from the bottom. Four over hand knots were tied in the cord. Excess cord was trimmed by hand and the retrieval cord lock was returned to the control shuttle.
- the remaining free retrieval cord was pulled until all slack was gone.
- the remaining free end of the retrieval cord was inserted into an aperture in the front of the top of the control shuttle.
- the retrieval cord was pulled until taught and the retrieval cord lock was snapped closed.
- the cord was trimmed by hand to about 20.32 cm.
- the second tube was flared by obtaining a soldering iron with a sharp tip and heating it to about 500° F.
- the tip of the iron was inserted into the second tube until a flare was created that was approximately 1.39 mm in diameter.
- the locking loop on the device was chilled.
- a length of 0.23 mm diameter nitinol wire (Fort Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) was obtained.
- the specific length of the wire was not measured, it is only necessary that the wire be long enough to double through the feed holes described in the following paragraph.
- the wire was obtained having been electro polished.
- a base jig 8 as described in FIG. 17 was obtained.
- the base jig was secured in a chuck of a lathe and center pin 22 was inserted into center pin hole 24 far enough to securely seat it.
- a knot was tied into one end of one length of a length of nitinol wire and the unknotted end was fed through a wire feed hole 10 .
- Two additional lengths of nitinol wire were folded in half and the free ends were fed through the remaining four feed holes 12 , 14 , 16 , 18 .
- Weights 20 were attached to the free ends of the five wires to hold the wires taut and in place.
- center pin 22 was located inside the center hole 28 of tail stock support 26 , which was chucked into the tail stock, wherein the closed face 30 of the tail stock support 26 faced the base jig 8 .
- the base jig 8 and tail stock support 26 were positioned about 5 cm apart.
- a wire guide 34 was used to prevent the wires from crossing.
- the base jig 8 was positioned so that the wire feed holes 10 , 12 , 14 , 16 , 18 were oriented vertically above the center pin 22 and the wires were positioned on the trailing side of the center pin 22 .
- the wires were wrapped twice around the center pin 22 and left to hang parallel to the wire feed holes.
- the petal jig hole 36 was rotated 720°.
- the petal jig 38 was inserted into the petal jig hole 36 . Without crossing the wires, the wires were wrapped counter clockwise around the petal jig 38 past the tear drop pin 39 and around the circumference of the tear drop pin 39 .
- the wires were wrapped around the outer circumference of the petal jig 38 to bring the wire between the petal jig 38 and the center pin 22 . They were then wrapped around the center pin 22 twice.
- the wires were placed under anchor plate 11 .
- the anchor plate 11 was secured with Allen head screws 14 .
- the wires were cut on the weight 20 side of the anchor plate 11 .
- the assembly was placed in a convection oven set to 475° C. for 14 minutes. The assembly was removed from the oven and quenched in water. The jigs were disassembled and the article was removed.
- the wire ends were trimmed to the eyelets and the petals were fanned in the same direction as the helical winding, such that each petal was oriented 72° relative to the adjacent petal.
- the article was powder coated with FEP powder (obtained from in house stock) in the following manner.
- a 2 mm outer diameter steel hollow mandrel was obtained of sufficient length to hold the article and have remaining length to extend into the commercial blender.
- the mandrel was inserted into the center hole of the article. One end the mandrel was grounded.
- a commercial blender (Variable Speed Lab Blender, Waring, Torrington, Conn.) was obtained and a quantity of FEP powder was added, leaving the tip of the blender blades exposed.
- the article and mandrel were suspended in the center of the blender, the lid was replaced, and the blender was turned on to the highest setting for about 5 seconds.
- the article and mandrel were removed, the mandrel was tapped to achieve a more uniform powder coating, the powder coating was vacuumed from the mandrel and the article and mandrel were then hung inside a convection oven set to 320° C. for 3 minutes.
- the article and mandrel were removed from the oven, allowed to cool, and excess FEP was removed from the article, the mandrel was removed.
- a lock loop 43 (illustrated in FIG. 18A ) was manufactured.
- the lock loop 43 was inserted through a hypotube 45 (smaller than the ID of the eyelets) with the looped end 47 of the lock loop 43 straightened.
- the hypotube 45 was inserted through the eyelets from the distal end until lock loop eyelet 49 is situated over the distal eyelet 608 of the device. The hypotube was removed.
- a crimped mandrel 41 (shown in FIG. 18B and 18C ) was inserted into the article through the eyelets with the lock loop 43 along the outer length of the mandrel 41 .
- the article was extended in length on the mandrel by grasping the proximal and center eyelets with tweezers. The eyelets were fixed in place by positioning them beyond the crimps in the mandrel.
- Methanol bubble point is measured using a custom built machine with a 1 inch diameter foot, a ramp rate of 0.2 psi/second and a liquid media of methanol. Length and width of the material are measured using a metal ruler. Mass/area is measured using a balance (Model GF-400 Top Loader Balance, ANG, San Jose Calif.) with a 36 ⁇ 5 inch sample. Longitudinal maximum load is measured using a materials test machine (Model 5564, Instron, Grove City, Pa.) equipped with a 10 kg load cell. The gauge length is 2.54 cm and the cross head speed is 25 mm/minute. Sample width is 2.54 cm. Longitudinal tensile test measurements are taken in the length direction of the material.
- Thickness is measured using a thickness gauge (Mitutoyo Digital Indicator 547-400) with a foot diameter of 1 ⁇ 4 inch.
- a 30 mm film tube is constructed from the ePTFE material in the following manner. For a 25 mm diameter device, a film with a slit width of about 1.905 cm is wound on a 30 mm OD mandrel. The amount of film overlap is not critical but no overlap of the edges is unacceptable. The film tube is then removed from the mandrel and stretched to make the ID of the tube to be about 25 mm. The film tube was slipped over the tensioned article and using ePTFE film, the ends of the tube were cinched around the center of the device then the eyelets.
- porous ePTFE film having a layer of FEP, was obtained having the following properties:
- FEP thickness in the film is about 62.5%.
- FEP thickness (%) is calculated as ratio of the FEP thickness and the film thickness. The reported value represents the average measurements for five samples.
- FEP thickness and film thickness is measured from scanning electron microscope images of cross sections of the ePTFE/FEP laminate material in the following manner. The magnification is chosen to enable the viewing of the entire film thickness. Five lines perpendicular to the horizontal edge of the image are randomly drawn across the full thickness of the film. Thickness is determined by measuring the thickness of the FEP and the thickness of the film.
- the article and mandrel were placed inside a convection oven set to 320° C. for 3 minutes and then removed and allowed to cool. The excess ePTFE material was trimmed and the article removed from the mandrel.
- self centering petal jig 39 ( FIG. 19 ) was used wherein jig 39 was placed over the center pin 22 and tail stock support 26 was introduced prior to wrapping the first eyelet. After wrapping the first eyelet, self centering petal jig 39 was inserted into petal jig hole 36 . The wire was wrapped around the perimeter of petal jig 39 to form petals, and wrapping was continued around center pin 22 to create a second eyelet. A fully extended final article of this example is shown in FIGS. 20A and B.
- An additional article 32 shown in FIG. 21 was constructed using two intermediate (i.e., not powder coated) articles (one inner and one outer) of example 5, wherein the intermediate articles were wrapped in opposite directions. Additionally the inner intermediate article was manufactured such that the eyelets of the inner intermediate article would fit within the eyelets of the outer intermediate article. Prior to FEP coat, the inner and outer intermediate articles were nested using the following method:
- Inner intermediate article was positioned at the end of a straight, circular mandrel.
- One eyelet of the outer intermediate article was positioned over an eyelet of the inner intermediate article and both intermediate articles were repositioned to the other end of the mandrel.
- the remaining eyelet of the outer intermediate article was positioned over the remaining eyelet of the inner intermediate article. They were arranged such that the overlapping wires were equally spaced (about 72° apart) thereby creating a frame.
- the frame was subsequently FEP coated and covered with an ePTFE bag in order to create the final article.
- FIG. 22B A similar jig 50 illustrated in FIG. 22B as previously described in example 1 was obtained.
- the petal jigs 52 and waist jig 54 were positioned as shown in FIG. 22B .
- the wire wrapping process is shown in the wire path 56 depicted in FIG. 22B , wherein the wire starts at anchor points 57 and ends at eyelet pin 58 (not shown) that is inserted into eyelet pin hole 59 .
- the wire is wrapped 720° around the eyelet pin at the start of the device wrapping and at the finish of the device wrapping.
- the fully extended final article 51 of this example is shown in FIG. 22A .
- FIGS. 23A and 23B An additional article ( FIGS. 23A and 23B ) was constructed using two intermediate (i.e., not powder coated) articles (one inner and one outer) of example 7 wherein, the intermediate articles were wrapped in opposite directions. Additionally the inner intermediate article was manufactured such that the eyelets of the inner intermediate article would fit within the eyelets of the outer intermediate article.
- Inner intermediate article was positioned at the end of a straight, circular mandrel.
- One eyelet of the outer intermediate article was positioned over an eyelet of the inner intermediate article and both intermediate articles were repositioned to the other end of the mandrel.
- the remaining eyelet of the outer intermediate article was positioned over the remaining eyelet of the inner intermediate article. They were arranged such that the overlapping wires were equally spaced (about 72° apart) thereby creating a frame.
- the frame was subsequently FEP coated and covered with an ePTFE bag in order to create the final article.
- Wire was obtained as described in the previous examples.
- a lock loop base jig 60 ( FIG. 24A ) with center pin 22 was placed in custom stand as a manufacturing aid.
- a button component 62 configured such that the inner lumen is not round but is keyed to keep from rotating on center pin was obtained.
- the wire was formed into a loop and the loop was inserted through the lumen of the button 62 .
- the button with wire loop was engaged onto center pin 22 with loop toward the opposite side of center pin as the keyed portion of the inner lumen of the button component.
- the keyed portion of the button component 62 was situated to the right of the lock loop base jig 60 .
- a wire was chosen and bent toward the builder then wrapped 360° around the button component 62 , then wrapped around the center pin 22 for a minimum of four revolutions and tied off after the fourth revolution.
- the wire wraps should be spaced apart approximately 1 mm.
- Loop forming tool 64 ( FIG. 24B ) was inserted in lock loop base jig 200 against the center pin 22 .
- the free wire was wound about 370° around shaft 66 of loop forming tool 64 and then wrapped around the pin 68 on the loop forming tool 64 and anchored onto the lock loop base jig 60 .
- the base jig 60 and loop forming tool 64 were removed from the stand and placed in an oven. The entire assembly was heated in an oven such as described previously for 14 min. at 475° C.
- the lock loop was removed from the jig 60 and loop forming tool 64 and the excess wire was trimmed.
- Example 7 The frame of Example 7 was placed over about a 2 mm mandrel.
- the mandrel 72 was crimped on both sides if the article in order to secure it from moving.
- the frame was then placed on the tubular cylinder 70 described in FIG. 25A , such that the frame outer perimeter rested on the upper edge of cylinder 70 .
- Cap 74 was then placed over the frame and cylinder 70 as shown in FIG. 25B and secured in place via set screw 76 .
- the entire assembly was then placed in a forced air oven set to 475° C. for 14 minutes. The assembly was removed from the oven and quenched in room temperature water.
- the frame 78 was subsequently FEP powder coated as described in Example 2.
- FIG. 26A An anchor component 80 as shown in FIG. 26A was created by the method as generally shown in FIG. 26B .
- the wire 82 of each of the petals was cut at location 84 thereby eliminating the remainder 86 of the length of the loop, resulting in anchor 80 .
- Anchor component 80 was next affixed to frame 78 as generally shown in FIG. 26C .
- the spokes 82 of anchor 80 were aligned with the wires of frame 78 .
- a tape made from ePTFE film with a thin layer of FEP was wrapped 88 around the wires 82 and the wires of frame 78 and then heated to bond the wires together as shown in FIG. 27 .
- the article was powder coated with FEP powder as previously described.
- the frame 78 was covered as previously described, after which wires 82 were individually manipulated to protrude through the sealing member 106 as shown in FIG. 28 .
- the anchor component 80 of Example 11 (a) was further modified as follows. Jig 90 and washer 92 , as shown in FIGS. 29A and 29 B, respectively, were obtained. The anchor component 80 was inserted, eyelet down, into jig 90 , such that eyelet of 80 was located inside hole 91 and the wires 82 were located inside grooves 95 of jig 90 . Washer 92 was placed on top of anchor component 80 to hold it in place and the washer 92 was secured with screw 323 in hole 94 , as shown in FIGS. 29A-29C , which caused the points of the wire 82 to orient toward the face of the washer.
- the anchor component 80 (shown in FIG. 30 ) is manufactured as follows:
- Electropolishing nitinol wire imparts certain well known properties, such as spontaneously forming a titanium dioxide layer on the surface, selectively reducing the amount of nickel on the surface of the wire, and removing some of the stresses in the wire, thus improving fatigue.
- a base jig 8 as described in FIG. 17 is obtained.
- a knot is tied into one end of one length of an about 0.5 meter long wire and the unknotted end is fed through a wire feed hole 10 .
- Two additional lengths of wire (about 1meter each) are folded in half and the free ends are fed through the remaining four feed holes 12 , 14 , 16 , 18 , with the wire entering the holes at funnel-shaped opening 19 (not shown) with the small feed holes at the bottom of opening 19 .
- the wires then exit through holes 10 , 12 , 14 , 16 and 18 at the flat end surface of jig 8 .
- Weights 20 are attached to the free ends of the five wires to hold the wires taut and in place.
- the base jig is secured in a chuck of a lathe and center pin 22 is inserted into center pin hole 24 far enough to securely seat it.
- center pin 22 is located inside the center hole 28 of tail stock support 26 which is chucked into the tail stock, wherein the closed face 30 of the tail stock support 26 faces the base jig 8 .
- the base jig 8 and tail stock support 26 are positioned about 5 cm apart.
- a wire guide 34 is used to prevent the wires from crossing.
- the base jig 8 is positioned so that the wire feed holes 10 , 12 , 14 , 16 , 18 are oriented vertically above the center pin 22 and the wires are positioned on the trailing side of the center pin 22 .
- the petal jig hole 36 is rotated 720°.
- the petal jig 38 is inserted into the petal jig hole 36 . Without crossing the wires, the wires are placed on top of the petal jig 38 .
- the base jig 8 is rotated 360° to create the petals of the device.
- the base jig 8 is rotated another 720° with the wires placed on top of the center pin 22 .
- the assembly With the weights 20 , the tail stock support 26 , and the wire guide 34 removed, the assembly is placed in a convection oven set to 475° C. for 14 minutes. The assembly is removed from the oven and quenched in water. The jigs are disassembled and the article is removed. The wire ends are trimmed to the eyelets and the anchor loops are fanned in the same direction as the helical winding, such that each anchor loop is oriented 72° offset relative to the adjacent anchor loops. The anchor loops are crimped at the center by hand and heat set again as previously described.
- anchor components are manufactured by clipping about 2 cm straight lengths of nitinol wire 71 .
- a tape made from ePTFE film with a thin layer of FEP is wrapped 88 around the wires 71 and the wires of frame 78 and then heated to bond the wires together as shown in FIG. 31 .
- a device as previously described in Example 10 with anchors as described in example 11(d) is manufactured by attaching the anchors at multiple locations along the wires of frame 78 .
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
- Endoscopes (AREA)
Abstract
A medical device for sealing a defect in a body includes a wire frame that includes a plurality of wires that form a first occluding member and a second occluding member. In some embodiments, a sealing member is in contact with the wire frame. In some embodiments, the sealing member is configured to define one or more openings in the sealing member.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/522,234, filed Jul. 25, 2019, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/791,678, filed Oct. 24, 2017, now U.S. Pat.No. 10,368,853, issued Aug. 6, 2019, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/731,205, filed Jun. 4, 2015, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,808,230, issued Nov. 7, 2017, which claims priority to Provisional Application No. 62/009,026, filed Jun. 6, 2014, all of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
- This disclosure relates to sealing devices for repair of a cardiac or vascular defect or tissue opening, and to delivery systems for delivering and deploying the sealing devices.
- Occluding device implantation by open-heart surgery has historically been used to treat cardiac defects or tissue openings. More recently, to avoid the trauma and complications associated with open-heart surgery, a variety of trans-catheter closure techniques have been developed. In such techniques, an occluding device is delivered through a catheter to the site of the opening or defect, where it is deployed.
- A variety of trans-catheter-delivered devices are known, including devices that require assembly at the site of the tissue opening or require threading or “buttoning”. of discrete device elements. Other devices include self-expanding devices. An example of a self-expanding device includes an occlusion bag, a tube, a guide catheter, a super elastic wire, a release mechanism, and a delivery sheath. The super elastic wire is attached to the release mechanism and the wire, and the release mechanism, occlusion bag, guide catheter and tube are inserted into the delivery sheath for transport to an aperture. After delivery, the occlusion bag is placed within the aperture and the wire is deployed within the bag. The bag and wire are repositioned, if necessary, and the release mechanism is activated to release the wire.
- Another example of a self-expanding device includes a shape-set tubular metal fabric device and, optionally, an occluding fiber included in the hollow portions of the device. The metal fabric defines a medical device shaped like a bell, which can be collapsed for passage through a catheter for deployment in a channel of a patient's body.
- Most trans-catheter delivery devices are deployed using one of two basic techniques: pulling back an outer catheter to release the device, or pushing the device free of the catheter with a push rod. Each of these systems utilizes a handle to actuate the mechanism used to deploy the device. An example of such a system includes a flexible urging member for urging the sealing device through the catheter and a remotely located control means for advancing the urging member. In this example, the control means includes a threaded, tubular shaft connected to the urging member and a manually rotatable threaded rotor mounted on the shaft. The threads on the rotor mate with the threads on the shaft so that the rotation of the rotor through a known angle will advance the shaft and the urging member a known distance.
- An example of a system that utilizes a pull back outer shaft or catheter includes a handle that may selectively hold the delivery system components at any configuration during deployment and positioning of the device. The outer catheter of such a system is pulled back to release the device by actuating a sliding lever and a rotating finger ring on the delivery system handle.
- In one implementation, a medical device for sealing a defect or structure in a heart includes a wire frame with a plurality of wires that each extend from a proximal end of the wire frame to a distal end of the wire frame, and a sealing member in contact with the wire frame. The wires form a first wire aggregation element near the proximal end of the wire frame and a second wire aggregation element near the distal end of the wire frame. The first wire aggregation element is formed from first end portions of each wire of the plurality of wires, and the second wire aggregation element is formed from second end portions of each wire of the plurality of wires. The wires also form a first occluding member that includes, for each wire of the plurality of wires, a first generally linear segment and a first generally curved segment that together define a petal of the first occluding member. The first occluding member is disposed adjacent the first wire aggregation element. The wires also form a second occluding member that includes, for each wire of the plurality of wires, a second generally linear segment and a second generally curved segment that together define a petal of the second occluding member. The second occluding member is disposed adjacent the second wire aggregation element. The wires also form a defect-occupying portion disposed between the first occluding member and the second occluding member. Each wire of the plurality of wires includes, in the defect-occupying portion, a third generally linear segment, a fourth generally linear segment, and a third curved segment disposed between the third generally linear segment and the fourth generally linear segment. The sealing member includes one or more openings providing fluid passageways. The sealing member is in contact with the wire frame such that the one or more openings are disposed on at least one of the first occluding member and the second occluding member.
- In another implementation, a medical device for sealing a defect or structure in a heart includes a wire frame that includes a plurality of wires that each extend from a proximal end of the wire frame to a distal end of the wire frame, and a sealing member configured to define one or more fluid passage openings through the sealing member. The wires form a first wire aggregation element near the proximal end of the wire frame and a second wire aggregation element near the distal end of the wire frame. The first wire aggregation element is formed from first end portions of each wire of the plurality of wires, and the second wire aggregation element is formed from second end portions of each wire of the plurality of wires. The wires also form a first occluding member disposed adjacent the first wire aggregation element. The wires also form a second occluding member disposed adjacent the second wire aggregation element. The wires also form a defect-occupying portion disposed between the first occluding member and the second occluding member. Each wire of the plurality of wires includes, in the defect-occupying portion, a first generally linear segment, a second generally linear segment, and a curved segment disposed between the first generally linear segment and the second generally linear segment. The sealing member is disposed on the frame such that the one or more fluid passage openings are located on one or both of the first occluding member and the second occluding member.
- In another implementation, an implantable medical device for sealing an aperture in tissue includes a frame, a sealing member in contact with the frame, and an attachment feature adapted to couple with one or more components of a delivery system. The frame includes: a) a first occluding member that is adapted to conform to a geometry of a first tissue surface and to provide an apposition force against the first tissue surface, b) a second occluding member that is adapted to conform to a geometry of a second tissue surface and to provide an apposition force against the second tissue surface, and c) a defect-occupying member disposed between the first occluding member and the second occluding member. The frame is defined by a plurality of elongate members, each of which includes: a first portion that defines a petal of the first occluding member; a second portion that defines a petal of the second occluding member; and a third portion, disposed between the first portion and the second portion. The third portion includes a first generally linear segment, a second generally linear segment, and a curved segment disposed between the first generally linear segment and the second generally linear segment. The sealing member is discontinuous in at least one location on the sealing member such that one or more fluid passages through one or more petals of the first occluding member or the second occluding member are defined.
- In another implementation, an implantable medical device for sealing a defect that extends between a first tissue surface and a second tissue surface includes a frame, a sealing member that substantially covers the frame, and an attachment member adapted to couple with one or more components of a delivery system. The frame includes a first occluding member, a second occluding member, and a defect-occupying member between the first occluding member and the second occluding member. The frame is defined by a plurality of elongate members, and each elongate member of the plurality of elongate members includes: a first portion that defines a petal of the first occluding member; a second portion that defines a petal of the second occluding member; and a third portion, disposed between the first portion and the second portion. The third portion defines an inflection region of the defect-occupying member. The sealing member is configured with one or more separations that define an open area in the sealing member on the first occluding member or the second occluding member.
- In another implementation, a sealing device includes an expandable frame comprising a plurality of wires and a sealing member that at least partially encapsulates the expandable wire frame. Each of the wires extend from a proximal end to a distal end of the frame. First and second portions of each of the plurality of wires form a wound proximal eyelet and a wound distal eyelet. The plurality of wires form a proximal disk and a distal disk when the sealing device assumes a deployed configuration. The proximal disk and the distal disk are each disposed between the proximal eyelet and the distal eyelet. Each wire of the plurality of wires forms a respective petal of the proximal disk and forms a respective petal of the distal disk. Adjacent petals of the proximal disk overlap one another and are not interwoven with one another. Adjacent petals of the distal disk overlap one another and are not interwoven with one another. Each of the petals is configured to conform to tissue. The sealing member is configured with one or more openings defining passages through the sealing member located on at least one petal of the proximal disk or the distal disk.
- In another implementation, a sealing device includes an expandable frame comprising a plurality of wires and a sealing member in contact with the frame. Each of the wires extend from a proximal end to a distal end of the frame. First and second portions of each of the plurality of wires form a wound proximal eyelet and a wound distal eyelet. The plurality of wires form a proximal disk and a distal disk when the sealing device assumes a deployed configuration. The proximal disk and the distal disk are each disposed between the proximal eyelet and the distal eyelet. Each wire of the plurality of wires forms a respective petal of the proximal disk and forms a respective petal of the distal disk. The sealing member is configured with one or more discontinuities where a fluid passage through the sealing member is defined.
- In another implementation, a sealing device includes an expandable frame and a sealing member in contact with the frame. The frame forms a proximal disk and a distal disk when the sealing device assumes a deployed configuration. The sealing member is configured with one or more discontinuities where a fluid passage through the sealing member is defined.
- Each of the aforementioned sealing devices and medical devices may optionally include one or more of the following features. One or more of the openings, separations, or discontinuities may be all located on the first occluding member. At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed on the first occluding member; and at least a second opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed on the second occluding member. At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity and a second opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed on the first occluding member; and at least a third opening, separation, or discontinuity and a fourth opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed on the second occluding member. At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed within an interior space defined by the petal of the first occluding member or the second occluding member; and a perimeter of the first opening, separation, or discontinuity may be spaced apart from a wire that forms the petal. At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed between two petals; and a perimeter of the first opening, separation, or discontinuity may be spaced apart from wires that form the petals. At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed at a location where, when the medical device assumes a deployed configuration, a single layer of sealing member is present. At least a first opening, separation, or discontinuity of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may be disposed at a location where, when the medical device assumes a deployed configuration, two or more layers of sealing member are present. The first opening may be occluded by the sealing member unless the medical device is configured with a portion that is expanded as a result of a differential pressure between an interior and an exterior of the medical device. One or more of the one or more openings, separations, or discontinuities may each have an open area within a range of about 0.4 mm2 to about 4.0 mm2.
- Other aspects, features, and advantages will be apparent from the description, the drawings, and the claims.
-
FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a deployed sealing device attached to the distal end of a delivery system. -
FIG. 2A is a view of an expanded frame of a sealing device. -
FIG. 2B is an end on view of an eyelet of a sealing device. -
FIG. 2C is an end on view of a frame of a sealing device. -
FIGS. 3A-C are views of components of a winding jig. -
FIG. 4A is a side view of a winding jig. -
FIG. 4B is a top view of a winding jig. -
FIG. 5A is a side view of an expanded covered sealing device. -
FIG. 5B is a side view of an expanded partially covered sealing device. -
FIG. 6 is a side view of a self-centering embodiment of a sealing device. -
FIG. 7A is a side view of a deployed sealing device. -
FIG. 7B is a perspective view of the sealing device ofFIG. 7A . -
FIG. 7C is another perspective view of the sealing device ofFIG. 7A . -
FIG. 7D is a side fluoroscopic image showing a frame of the sealing device ofFIG. 7A in a normal deployed configuration. -
FIG. 7E is a side fluoroscopic image showing the frame of the sealing device ofFIG. 7A in a moderately expanded configuration. -
FIG. 7F is a side fluoroscopic image showing the frame of the sealing device ofFIG. 7A in a more largely expanded configuration. -
FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a delivery system including a deployment handle and attached sealing device. -
FIG. 9A-D are flow charts describing the operation of the delivery system. -
FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a sealing device deployment handle. -
FIG. 11 is a perspective view of an assembly of a sealing device deployment handle. -
FIG. 12A is a top down view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator. -
FIG. 12B is a side view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator. -
FIG. 12C is a side view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator. -
FIG. 12D is a side view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator. -
FIG. 13A is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lock release actuator. -
FIG. 13B is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lock release actuator in the activated position. -
FIG. 14A is a perspective view of an embodiment of a spring. -
FIG. 14B is an end on view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator. -
FIG. 15 is an end on view of an embodiment of a first linear actuator with molded spring component. -
FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a spring component. -
FIG. 17 is a schematic of a base jig assembly including winding jig, wire weight and wire guide. -
FIGS. 18A, 18B and 18C are schematics of a manufacturing mandrel and an embodiment of a lock loop. -
FIG. 19 is a perspective view of a base jig with a self centering petal jig attached. -
FIG. 20A is a perspective view of a wire frame of a sealing device in a deployed configuration. -
FIG. 20B is a side view of a wire frame of a sealing device shown elongated along a mandrel. -
FIG. 21 is a view of a wire frame of a sealing device. -
FIG. 22A is a side view of a wire frame of a sealing device shown elongated along a mandrel. -
FIG. 22B is an illustration of an embodiment of a base jig. -
FIG. 23A is an end on view of a sealing device. -
FIG. 23B is a side view of the sealing device ofFIG. 23A in an elongated configuration on a mandrel. -
FIG. 23C is an end view of another example sealing device. -
FIG. 23D is an end view of another example sealing device. -
FIG. 24A is a perspective view of a base jig. -
FIG. 24B is a side view of a lock loop forming tool. -
FIGS. 25A and 25B show elements of a wire-frame-forming device and a wire frame of a sealing device. -
FIGS. 26A-C illustrate an anchor component and method of attaching anchor component to a sealing device. -
FIG. 27 is an end view of a sealing device wire frame with an anchor component attached. -
FIG. 28 is a side view of a covered sealing device with anchor component attached. -
FIGS. 29A-C are illustrations of anchor component forming tools. -
FIG. 30 is a perspective view of an anchor component. -
FIG. 31 is a perspective view of a wire frame with anchor components attached. -
FIG. 32 is a perspective view of a winding path and jig for winding a sealing device with elongated waist area. -
FIG. 33 is an end view of an example frame of an example sealing device. -
FIG. 34 is a side view of the example frame ofFIG. 33 , where the frame is shown in a partially elongated state disposed on a mandrel. -
FIG. 35 is a side view of an example sealing device in a partially elongated state. -
FIGS. 36A and 36B are end views of the example sealing device ofFIG. 35 . -
FIG. 36C is an end view of another example sealing device. -
FIG. 36D is an end view of another example sealing device. -
FIGS. 37A and 37B are views of the device ofFIG. 35 deployed in example defects that have generally circular shapes. -
FIG. 38 is a view of the device ofFIG. 35 deployed in an example defect that has a non-circular shape. -
FIG. 39 is a view of an example sealing device deployed in a defect in an example heart model. -
FIG. 40 is a lateral view of a single wire of an example sealing device in a deployed configuration. -
FIG. 41A is an end view of a single wire of the example frame ofFIG. 33 . -
FIG. 41B is an end view of a single wire of the example frame the device ofFIG. 39 . -
FIG. 42 is a view of an example sealing device and an example delivery apparatus. - A first embodiment provides a sealing device having an expandable frame formed from a plurality of wires extending from a proximal end to a distal end of the frame with the wires forming a proximal and distal eyelet with a sealing member at least partially encapsulating the expandable wire frame.
-
FIG. 1 shows one embodiment of sealingdevice 100.Sealing device 100 will be discussed in detail in a later section.Sealing device 100 may housed withinthird tube 104.Third tube 104 contains sealingdevice 100,first tube 102,second tube 108,retrieval cord 110 and lockingloop 111.Third tube 104 may be manufactured of Pebax® or any other material with suitable biocompatible and mechanical properties. A material choice with radiopacity may also be an option. Thethird tube 104 may be manufactured with or without a reinforcing braid to provide appropriate kink resistance and strength for the chosen application.Third tube 104 may also be designed with or without a radiopaque marker band. The design and materials ofthird tube 104 may be chosen for other properties such as torqueability, steerability and vascular trauma reduction. One skilled in the art will appreciate that there are a wide variety of potential materials that may be used to facilitate the present invention. Thethird tube 104 may be of any size but is preferably 10fr. with an inner diameter of about 0.048 mm and an outer diameter of about 0.33 mm.Third tube 104 may be used with or without a guidewire and may include arapid exchange port 103. The tip offirst tube 104 is preferably curved to aid in navigation and delivery of sealingdevice 100 from the access site to the defect with or without a guidewire. - Also shown in
FIG. 1 isfirst tube 102. As previously stated,first tube 102 may be housed withinthird tube 104. Thefirst tube 102 may be of any outer diameter size but is preferably sized to fit within the lumen of thethird tube 104.First tube 102 may be manufactured of Pebax® or any other material with suitable biocompatible and mechanical properties.First tube 102 is preferably a triple lumen catheter. The lumens may be of any geometric shape but are preferably round or oval or a combination of both.First tube 102 may be used to position and aid in the deployment of sealingdevice 100.First tube 102 may be utilized in conjunction withsecond tube 108 to causesealing device 100 to protrude from the distal tip ofthird tube 104 once sealingdevice 100 has reached the defect site. Thefirst tube 102 may also have the function of retainingsealing device 100 onto the delivery system until final device deployment.First tube 102 has anopening 109 in the distal most end to allow thelocking loop 111 to protrude during device deployment. Theopening 109 and protruding lockingloop 111 provide attachment to the device delivery system. Lockingloop 111 is shown in its extended position prior to retaining its pre-set shape. Thefirst tube 102 may be surface treated or coated to enhance the material's biocompatibility or alter or enhance the surface friction. -
First tube 102 may house thesecond tube 108. Thesecond tube 108 is essentially tubular with an oval cross section and can have an outer diameter suitable to fit insidefirst tube 102. A preferred outer diameter range would be from about 1.27×0.68 mm and would be flared at the distal end. Thesecond tube 108 may be fabricated from any suitable biocompatible material including polymers or metals. A preferable material would be PEEK (polyetheretherketone).Second tube 108 can be used to aid in the delivery and deployment of sealingdevice 100 to a defect site. In some embodiments,second tube 108 extends through the eyelets of sealingdevice 100 to hold sealingdevice 100 on the delivery system and to provide stability while deploying thesealing device 100. Sealing device eyelets will be discussed further. -
Retrieval cord 110 is looped through two of the smaller lumens of thefirst tube 102 and through the proximal eyelet of thesealing device 100 to provide attachment to the delivery system and a method of retrieval once the sealing device has been deployed.Retrieval cord 110 extends through the length offirst tube 102 with the ends terminating at the handle used for deployingsealing device 100.Retrieval cord 110 may be manufactured of any biocompatible material of sufficient strength and size. A preferable material is ePTFE (expanded polytetrafluoroethylene). - As shown in
FIG. 2A sealing device 100 is formed of awire frame 200. When situated for delivery,wire frame 200 is at an extended position onsecond tube 108 and withinthird tube 104.Wire frame 200 may be of any size appropriate for an application but is preferably sized with finished outer diameters of 15, 20, 25, or 30 mm. Thewire frame 200 is formed of continuous wires. Any number of wires may be used to construct thewire frame 200. A preferable number of wires is five. Thewire frame 200 can be constructed of wires that have elastic properties that allow forwire frame 200 to be collapsed for catheter based delivery or thoracoscopic delivery, and self-expand to a “memory”.induced configuration once positioned in a defect. The elastic wire may be a spring wire, or a shape memory NiTi (nitinol) alloy wire or a super-elastic NiTi alloy wire. The elastic wire may also be of a drawn-filled type of NiTi containing a different metal at the core. Preferably,wire frame 200 would be constructed of a drawn-filled type of NiTi wire containing a radiopaque metal at the center. Upon deployment, the wire structure resumes its deployed shape without permanent deformation. -
Wire frame 200 and other wire frames shown are formed from elastic wire materials that have outer diameters between 0.12 and 0.4 mm. In a preferable embodiment, wire outer diameter size would be about 0.3 mm. When formed,wire frame 200 comprises adistal bumper 208,distal eyelet 204, lockingloop 206, anoptional center eyelet 203, andproximal eyelet 202.FIG. 2B shows the position of elastic wires during the formation ofeyelets wire frame 200. -
FIG. 2C shows a disk formed whenwire frame 200 is deployed. The elastic wires that formwire frame 200form petals 212 during deployment. The pre-set elastic wire configuration ofwire frame 200 allows the frame to twist during deployment. This twist formspetals 212. Deployedpetals 212 form theouter diameter 214 of thewire frame 200. Deployedpetals 212, when covered with sealingmember 106, form proximal and distal disks, to be discussed further.Petals 212 are optimally formed to have overlappingzones 216 to improve sealing qualities. The radius ofpetals 212 may be maximized to minimize sharp bend angles in the elastic wire and to minimize unsupported sections ofpetals 212 that improve sealing qualities of the device, reduce bending fatigue in the wire and aid in reducing device loading forces. Deployedpetals 212 form a disk on either side of thecenter eyelet 203. The deployed configuration will be discussed further. - Construction of
wire frame 200 may be accomplished by a variety of means including machine winding with automatic wire tensioning or by hand winding with weights suspended from each wire during construction. Shown inFIGS. 3A-C are keyedcenter pin 300 andbutton 304, which may be used to aid in the construction ofwire frame 200. One commonly skilled in the art would recognize that there are many materials suitable for use as a manufacturing aid or tooling. A preferable material for use in forming acenter pin 300 would be cobalt high strength steel. A preferable material for use in forming abutton 304 and winding jig would be corrosion resistant tool steel. The winding jig will be discussed further. Shown in detail inFIG. 3A , keyedcenter pin 300 may havegroove 302, which can be used to secure an elastic wire during device construction.Keyed center pin 300 can be used to guide an elastic wire through opening 306 inbutton 304, the features of which are illustrated inFIGS. 3B-C .Button 304 is preferably formed with anindention 308 in the bottom to fit securely in a winding jig. An elastic wire held ingroove 302 and inserted through opening 306 inbutton 304 can form abumper 208 and lockingloop 206.Keyed center pin 300 is also used in the formation ofeyelets bumper 208, elastic wires can be wound around keyedcenter pin 300 to form adistal eyelet 202. Other eyelets, 203 and 204 can be formed in a similar manner. Once keyedcenter pin 300 is inserted inbutton 304 an elastic wire may be inserted into grooves in a winding jig. - A winding jig may be used to secure and form the elastic wires during construction and processing of the
sealing device 100. A typical winding jig may be constructed as commonly known in the arts. Materials used for construction of such a winding jig have been discussed previously. A preferable winding jig is shown inFIGS. 4A and 4B .FIG. 4A illustrates a side view of the windingjig 400.FIG. 4B shows a view of the top of a preferable windingjig 400. Windingjig 400 contains anaperture 402 that may be shaped and sized to hold keyedcenter pin 300 andbutton 304 during device construction.Grooves 404 in the jig surface are used to secure and form the elastic wires intopetals 212.Grooves 404 may be of any diameter but are preferably sized to accommodate an outer diameter of elastic wire. In one embodiment shown inFIG. 5A , the winding jig assembly may be used to form acenter eyelet 203, a petal assembly andproximal eyelet 204. The shaped wire may be constrained in the winding jig assembly, heated and processed to shape set as commonly known in the arts. -
FIG. 5A shows an embodiment of sealingdevice 100 which is a composite assembly ofwire frame 200 and sealingmember 106. Sealingmember 106 may be attached towire frame 200 by a bonding agent.Wire frame 200 may be coated with a bonding agent, for example fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP) or other suitable adhesive. The adhesive may be applied through contact coating, powder coating, dip coating, spray coating, or any other appropriate means. In a preferred embodiment, the FEP adhesive is applied by electrostatic powder coating. Sealingmember 106 may be constructed of a variety of materials, such as DACRON®, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, fluoropolymers, polyurethane, foamed films, silicone, nylon, silk, thin sheets of super-elastic materials, woven materials, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), collagen, pericardium tissue or any other biocompatible material. In one embodiment, sealingmember 106 can be formed of a thin porous ePTFE (expanded polytetrafluoroethylene) substrate. Sealingmember 106 is designed to enhance the defect closure characteristics of sealingdevice 100 by providing defect blockage and a medium for cellular ingrowth. - Also shown in
FIG. 5A are proximal, distal and center eyelets (202, 203 and 204), respectively covered with sealingmember 106 and wrapped with a film. Theeyelets member 106 to the device. The film used to wrapeyelets -
FIG. 5B illustrates an embodiment of sealingdevice 100 that includes a sealingmember 508 that partially coverswire frame 200. A partially covered device may have either the distal or proximal bulb covered in part or in entirely with a sealingmember 508. - Another embodiment of the device is a
self centering device 600. Shown inFIG. 6 ,self centering device 600 comprises awire frame 602 similar to that ofwire frame 200.Self centering device 600 is a composite assembly ofwire frame 602 and sealingmember 604.Wire frame 602 may be constructed with the same techniques and a material aswire frame 200 but has no center eyelet.Wire frame 602 comprisesdistal bumper 606, covereddistal eyelet 608, coveredproximal eyelet 610, and lockingloop 612. The pre-set elastic wire configuration ofwire frame 602 allows the frame to twist upon deployment and create a centeringregion 614 of thedevice 600 during deployment. During deployment,region 614 may center itself in the defect forming a disk comprised of petals on either side ofregion 614 and the defect. -
FIG. 7A shows asealing device 100 fully deployed. During deployment, the constraint of thethird tube 104 is removed fromdevice 100 and the device returns to its pre-set shape. During deployment and locking,lock loop 111 is released from the constraint offirst tube 102 and returns to its pre-set shape, curling from theproximal eyelet 202. In this manner, the device is locked in a deployed state.FIG. 7A also illustrates the position of the proximal and distal disks,elements distal eyelets -
FIG. 7B shows an example embodiment of thesealing device 100 that includes anopening 205 that is defined by the sealingmember 106. In some embodiments, theopening 205 is configured to provide a fluid communication passageway between the exterior and interior of thesealing device 100. In some circumstances, such as when thesealing device 100 is deployed within a patient to occlude a tissue opening for example, theopening 205 in the sealingmember 106 can serve to at least partially prevent or relieve a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 100. In some such circumstances, by at least partially preventing or relieving a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 100, theopening 205 can thereby help to maintain thesealing device 100 in a desired position and configuration in relation to the patient's anatomy. - A first non-limiting illustrative example of the functionality of the
opening 205 is as follows. In some implementations, thesealing device 100 is deployed in an atrial septal defect. Generally, the blood pressure in the left atria tends to be higher than the blood pressure in the right atria. Consequently, some blood from the left atria may enter the interior of thesealing device 100 through the distal eyelet 204 (refer toFIG. 7A ) as it naturally seeks to flow towards the right atria where the pressure is lower. Such blood within the interior of thesealing device 100 may tend to cause theproximal disk 702 to expand away from the septal wall in some circumstances, due to a pressure differential between an interior and an exterior of thesealing device 100. For example, referring toFIGS. 7D, 7E, and 7F , theframe 200 is shown deployed in adefect 12 of aseptal wall 10. Theproximal eyelet 202, thecenter eyelet 203, and thedistal eyelet 204 are visible. In a normal deployed configuration (refer toFIG. 7D ), theproximal eyelet 202 is near to theseptal wall 10. In a configuration having a moderate amount of expansion of the proximal disk (refer toFIG. 7E ), theproximal eyelet 202 is spaced further away from theseptal wall 10 than in the normal deployed configuration. In a configuration having a larger amount of expansion of the proximal disk (refer toFIG. 7F ), theproximal eyelet 202 is spaced still further away from theseptal wall 10 than in the configuration having a moderate amount of expansion of the proximal disk. - Referring again to
FIG. 7B , by including theopening 205 in the sealing member 106 (e.g., in the sealing member of the proximal disk 702) such expansion may be reduced or prevented. Alternatively, or additionally, in some embodiments one or more of theeyelets device 100. Further, in some embodiments, the sizes of the open areas of theeyelets sealing device 100 to reduce the potential for expansion of thesealing device 100 due to a differential pressure between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 100. - A second non-limiting illustrative example of the functionality of the
opening 205 is as follows. In some embodiments, the transition between the delivery configuration and the deployed configuration of sealingdevice 100 can be at least partially facilitated by the functionality of theopening 205. As thesealing device 100 is transitioned between the deployed configuration and the delivery configuration, the interior volume of thesealing device 100 may fluctuate. During any such fluctuation, theopening 205 can facilitate the transfer of fluid between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 100 as the interior volume of thesealing device 100 changes. For example, during some deployment procedures thesealing device 100 may be initially deployed from a delivery sheath (e.g.,third tube 104 ofFIG. 1 ) and then retracted back into the delivery sheath if the clinician operator desires to reposition thesealing device 100 within the patient. In doing so, the interior volume of thesealing device 100 may fluctuate and blood may be driven to flow between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 100 in result. Having theopening 205 can allow for such blood flow more readily, resulting in anenhanced sealing device 100 deployment process. - While the depicted embodiment includes a
single opening 205, in some embodiments two or more openings are defined in the sealingmember 106. For example, in some embodiments, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, or more than twelveopenings 205 are included in asingle sealing device 100. In some embodiments, asingle disk 702 or 704 (refer toFIG. 7A ) includes one ormore openings 205. In some embodiments, bothdisks more openings 205. In some embodiments, bothdisks openings 205. - The
openings 205 can be located at various positions on thesealing device 100. For example, in some embodiments one or more of theopenings 205 are located on a portion of the sealingmember 106 that is disposed within a petal of thedisk 702 and/or 704 (refer toFIG. 7A ) so that a fluid passage through the petal is thereby created. In some embodiments, one or more of theopenings 205 are located on one or more other portions of the sealingmember 106. In some embodiments, just the proximal or just the distal faces of the disk(s) 702 and/or 704 include one ormore openings 205. In some embodiments, both the proximal and distal faces of thedisks 702 and/or 704 include one ormore openings 205. - In some embodiments, the perimeters of the one or
more openings 205 in the sealingmember 106 are spaced apart from the wires of the frame 200 (refer, e.g., toFIG. 2C ). In some embodiments, the perimeters of the one ormore openings 205 are substantially adjacent to one or more of the wires of theframe 200. In some embodiments, the one ormore openings 205 are positioned coincident with (e.g., overlapping) at least one of the wires of theframe 200. - In some embodiments, one or more of the
openings 205 are located near the radially middle portion of a face of thedisks 702 and/or 704 (e.g., about 4 mm to about 12 mm radially away from theeyelets disks 702 and/or 704). In some embodiments, one or more of theopenings 205 are located nearer to theeyelets eyelets disks 702 and/or 704). In some embodiments, one or more of theopenings 205 are located nearer to the outer perimeter of the face of thedisks 702 and/or 704. In some embodiments, two ormore openings 205 that are disposed at a combination of such locations can be included in asingle sealing device 100. In some embodiments, one or more of theopenings 205 are located in the panel of sealingmember 106 created by apetal 212 that is opposite of the position of the free end of the lock loop 111 (refer toFIG. 7A ). In some embodiments whereopenings 205 are present in bothdiscs more openings 205 is substantially the same on bothdisks openings 205 are present in bothdiscs more openings 205 is substantially similar on bothdisks more openings 205 on onedisk other disk - When the
sealing device 100 is configured in (or nearly in) the fully deployed configuration (e.g., refer also toFIG. 7A ), some areas on the face of thedisks member 106, while other areas on the face of thedisks 702 may have two or more layers of the sealingmember 106. That is the case because, in some embodiments the sealingmember 106 may be folded and overlapping at some areas on the face of thedisks disks material 106 may tend to be folded or overlapping in some areas such as theareas sealing device 100. However, the space between theareas sealing device 100 may tend to have an individual layer of the sealingmember 106. - In some embodiments, one or more of the
openings 205 are located at areas that have an individual layer of the sealingmember 106. In some embodiments, one or more of theopenings 205 are located at areas that have two or more layers of the sealingmember 106. In some embodiments, two ormore openings 205 that are located at a combination of such individual-layer and two-or-more-layer locations can be included in asingle sealing device 100. - In some embodiments that have one or more of the
openings 205 located at areas that have two or more layers of the sealingmember 106, one or more ofsuch openings 205 are located in the overlapping zones of thepetals 212. For example (referring also toFIGS. 2C and 5B ), anopening 211 is located such that when thesealing device frame 100 is in a deployed configuration, theopening 211 will be in the overlapping zones of thepetals 212. In some such embodiments, theopening 211 may be configured so that theopening 211 is not effectively patent unless thesealing device 100 is at least partially expanded as a result of a pressure differential between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 100. For example, theopening 211 may be in the portion of the sealingmember 106 that is betweenadjacent petals 212, and when theadjacent petals 212 are overlapping (so as to create the overlapping zones 216), theopening 211 may then be blocked by the folded layers of the sealingmaterial 106. However, when thesealing device 100 is expanded due to a differential pressure between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 100, theadjacent petals 212 may tend to separate and the folded layers of the sealingmaterial 106 may at least partially unfold so that theopening 211 becomes at least partially patent. With theopening 211 at least partially patent, a differential pressure between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 100 can be at least partially relieved, and the expansion of thesealing device 100 can be reduced. - Still referring to
FIG. 7B , the open area of theopening 205 can be of various sizes. For example, in some embodiments theopening 205 is a circular hole that is about 1.0 mm in diameter, with an open area of about 0.8 mm2. In some embodiments, theopening 205 is a circular hole that is about 2.0 mm in diameter, with an open area of about 3.1 mm2. In some embodiments, the open area of theindividual opening 205 can be within a range of about 0.1 mm2 to about 0.7 mm2, 0.4 mm2 to about 1.0 mm2, about 0.8 mm2 to about 1.4 mm2, about 1.2 mm2 to about 1.8 mm2, about 1.6 mm2 to about 2.0 mm2, about 1.8 mm2 to about 2.4 mm2, about 2.2 mm2 to about 2.8 mm2, about 2.6 mm2 to about 3.2 mm2, about 3.0 mm2 to about 3.6 mm2, about 3.4mm2 to about 4.0 mm2, about 3.8 mm2 to about 4.4 mm2, or greater than about 4.4 mm2. In some embodiments, substantially no sealingmember 106 is disposed on the proximal disk 702 (refer toFIG. 7A ). - In some embodiments, the open area of the
opening 205 can be selected in proportion to the area of the face of thedisk 702 or 704 (refer toFIG. 7A ). For example, in some embodiments the open area of the opening 205 (or the sum of two or more openings 205) in proportion to the area of the face of thedisk - While the
opening 205 is depicted as a hole, theopening 205 can be a variety of different types of openings including, but not limited to: a slit, a perforation, a passageway, a discontinuity, a separation, a vent, a valve, a one-way valve, a tube, an orifice, a channel, a local area of greater permeability of the sealingmember 106, and the like. Theopening 205 can have various cross-sectional shapes including, but not limited to: circular, semi-circular, ovular, triangular, square, rectangular, irregular, oblong, elongate, and the like. - It should be understood that all such aforementioned variations of opening 205 types, shapes, sizes, quantities, locations, configurations, (and so on), can be combined in all possible combinations, sub-combinations, permutations, and arrangements in sealing
device 100, and in any and all other sealing device embodiments provided herein. - The
opening 205 in the sealingmember 106 can be created using various techniques. Such techniques can include, but are not limited to, puncturing (e.g., using a needle, awl, knife, mandrel, die, or the like), die cutting, laser cutting, perforating, hot-knife cutting, punching, knife blade cutting, chemical treatment, and the like. In some embodiments, a portion of the sealingmember 106 is removed to create theopening 205. In some embodiments, no substantial amount of sealingmember 106 is removed to create theopening 205. Rather, theopening 205 is created by separating, deforming, and/or otherwise making the sealingmember 106 discontinuous to create theopening 205. In some embodiments, theopening 205 is created by puncturing sealingmember 106 in a direction from the external of thesealing device 100 towards the internal of thesealing device 100. In some embodiments, theopening 205 is created by puncturing sealingmember 106 in a direction from the internal of thesealing device 100 towards the external of thesealing device 100. - In some embodiments, the
opening 205 is created during or is a result of manufacturing of thesealing device 100. In some embodiments, theopening 205 is created after the completion of manufacturing but prior to deployment of thesealing device 100. In some embodiments, theopening 205 is created in situ during the device deployment process or after the deployment of thesealing device 100 in a patient. -
FIG. 7C shows another example embodiment of thesealing device 100. In this example, thesealing device 100 includes afirst opening 207 a and asecond opening 207 b that are defined by the sealingmember 106. Theopenings opening 205. In some embodiments, theopenings openings -
FIG. 19 shows a base jig and other manufacturing aids used to manufacture an embodiment shown inFIGS. 20A and 20B and described in Example 4. As shown inFIGS. 20A and 20B , sealingdevice 40 is formed ofwires 43.Wire frame 40 may be of any size appropriate for an application but is may be sized with outer peripheral edge diameters of 15, 20, 25, or 30 mm. Thewire frame 40 is formed of continuous wires. Any number of wires may be used to construct thewire frame 40.FIGS. 20A and 20B show a device formed from 5 continuous wires.FIG. 20A shows a device in a deployed configuration while 20B shows a device in an extended configuration. Thewire frame 40 may be constructed of wires that have elastic properties that allow forwire frame 40 to be collapsed for catheter based delivery or thoracoscopic delivery, and self-expand to a “memory”.induced configuration once positioned in a defect. The elastic wire may be a spring wire, or a shape memory NiTi (nitinol) alloy wire or a super-elastic NiTi alloy wire. The elastic wire may also be of a drawn-filled type of NiTi containing a different metal at the core.Wire frame 40 may be constructed of a drawn-filled type of NiTi wire containing a radiopaque metal at the center. Upon deployment, the wire structure resumes its deployed shape without permanent deformation. -
Wire frame 40 and other wire frames shown are formed from elastic wire materials that have outer diameters between 0.12 and 0.4 mm. When formed,wire frame 40 comprises afirst eyelet 41, asecond eyelet 42, a plurality ofwires 43, a closed teardrop shape with aninternal area 44 and innerperipheral edge 46 and an outerperipheral edge 45. In an end view of a deployed device, the outerperipheral edge 45 is shown as the outermost edge of thewire frame 40. The innerperipheral edge 46 ofwire frame 40 is illustrated by the inner most edge of theinternal area 44 of the closed teardrop shape. In the deployed configuration a wire and closed teardrop shape will nest or interleaf itself between the wire form of the next wire of the device. In a deployed configuration, the innerperipheral edge 46 will at least in part center itself within a cardiac defect or other tissue gap. - The
wire frame 40 may be covered with a sealing member as previously described. -
FIG. 21 illustrates an embodiment of the wire frame described in example 5. The embodiment comprises a proximal 610 anddistal eyelet 608 with at least fivewires 602, and a self centeringwaist portion 614 similar to that describe previously in relation toFIG. 6 . Such an embodiment may be manufactured of similar materials and methods as described previously. - An alternate embodiment of a sealing device may be made by procuring two sealing device frames and seating one inside the other. Then covering the resulting frame as previously described. Such a device is described in example 6. An embodiment such as this may be manufactured with similar materials and methods as described previously and subsequently described. This technique may be used with any of the wire frames described herein.
- An embodiment is illustrated in
FIG. 22A and described in example 7.FIG. 22A illustrates awire frame 51 of a sealing device. The embodiment ofFIG. 22A comprises a proximal 608 anddistal eyelet 610, a plurality ofwires 602, wires forming awire frame 51, a self centeringwaist portion 614, a reniform shape with an open internal area (not shown) with an innerperipheral edge 54 and an outerperipheral edge 55. The self centeringwaist portion 614 of this embodiment forms a reniform with an open internal area when in the deployed configuration. In an end view of a deployed device, the outerperipheral edge 55 is shown as the outermost edge of thewire frame 51. The innerperipheral edge 54 ofwire frame 51 is illustrated by the inner most edge of the open internal area of the reniform shape. In a deployed configuration, the innerperipheral edge 54 will at least in part center itself within a cardiac defect or other tissue gap. - The
wire frame 51, as illustrated inFIG. 22A , has a relatively short extended length prior to deployment. A delivery configuration length to deployed radius ratio is about 2.5. Such a device may be formed of similar materials as described previously and may be covered with a sealing member also described previously. - A lock loop 43 (illustrated in
FIG. 18A ) may be manufactured separately from the wire frame of the sealing device. Thelock loop 43 may be formed of any material suitable for forming a sealing device wire frame. Thelock loop 43 may be made of a different material or have a different wire diameter than that of the sealing device wire frame.Lock loop component 43 is manufactured with aneyelet 49 similar to the eyelets of the sealing devices described herein.Lock loop 43 may be attached to any sealing device wire frame prior to or post sealing member attachment. Any suitable method of attaching the separate lock loop component to the sealing device may be used. A method of manufacture of a lock loop component is described further in example 9. -
FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate an embodiment comprising a proximal 608 anddistal eyelet 610, a plurality ofwires 52, wires forming awire frame 61, a self centeringwaist portion 614, a reniform shape with an open internal area (not shown) with an innerperipheral edge 54 and an outerperipheral edge 55 and a sealingmember 604. The self centeringwaist portion 614 of this embodiment forms a reniform with an open internal area when in the deployed configuration. In an end view of a deployed device, the outerperipheral edge 55 is shown as the outermost edge of thewire frame 61. The innerperipheral edge 54 ofwire frame 61 is illustrated by the inner most edge of the open internal area of the reniform shape. In a deployed configuration, the innerperipheral edge 54 will at least in part center itself within a cardiac defect or other tissue gap. This embodiment may be constructed with two frames previously described. This embodiment may be constructed of two frames wound in opposite directions or with two frames wound in the same direction. This and the other described wire frames may be constructed with the eyelets configured either as shown or with the eyelets turning toward the center area of the frame along the inner diameter of the device. Materials suitable for use as a sealingmember 604 have been discussed previously. Sealingmember 604 may be attached to the frame in this and other described embodiments as discussed previously. Sealingmember 604 in this and other embodiments may be attached to the interior or inner surface of the wire frame and alternately to the exterior of the frame. The sealingmember 604 may be attached at only portions of the wire frame leaving certain portions of the wire frame more degrees of freedom of movement. Sealingmember 604 might also be attached to cover one side, portions or theentire wire frame 61. -
FIG. 23C shows the sealing device embodiment ofFIGS. 23A and 23B with the addition of anopening 605 that is defined by the sealingmember 604. In some embodiments, theopening 605 is configured to provide a fluid communication passageway between the exterior and interior of the sealing device. In some circumstances, such as when the sealing device is deployed within a patient to occlude a tissue opening for example, theopening 605 in the sealingmember 604 can serve to at least partially prevent or relieve a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of the sealing device. In some such circumstances, by at least partially preventing or relieving a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of the sealing device, theopening 605 can thereby help to maintain the sealing device in a desired position and configuration in relation to the patient's anatomy. - The
opening 605 can include any of the features, traits, configurations, and variations described above in reference toopening 205. While the depicted embodiment includes asingle opening 605, in some embodiments two or more openings are defined in the sealing member 604 (e.g., refer toFIG. 23D which has twoopenings 607 and 609). In some embodiments, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, or more than twelveopenings 605 are included in a single sealing device. Theopenings 605 can be disposed on the proximal occlusive disk, the distal occlusive disk, or on a combination thereof, - The
opening 605 can be any of the various sizes, types, shapes, and configurations as described above in reference to theopening 205. It should be understood that the aforementioned various types, shapes, sizes, quantities, locations, configurations, (and so on), ofopenings FIGS. 23A-23D , and in any other sealing device embodiment provided herein. -
FIG. 23D shows another example embodiment of the sealing device ofFIGS. 23A and 23B with the addition of afirst opening 607 and asecond opening 609 that are defined by the sealingmember 604. Theopenings openings openings openings - Another embodiment is shown in
FIG. 25B . This embodiment may be constructed with similar materials as those described previously. The embodiment comprises awire frame 78, first and second eyelets (73 and 75, respectively), asealing disc 77, aplug region 79 and optionally a sealing member 604 (not shown). The embodiment may be constructed of any of the previously described wire frames. Thesealing disc portion 77 of the embodiment is adapted to cover a wide range of opening sizes while theplug region 79 is adapted to conform to the anatomy into which it is inserted over its entire length.Sealing disc portion 77 has minimal deformation under radial pressure changes or radial pressure exerted upon theplug region 79. Sealingdisc 77 and plugregion 79 have substantial directional independence due to the flexibility of waist portion 614: that is, the longitudinal axis of thefirst eyelet 73 may be at significant offset with respect to the longitudinal axis of thesecond eyelet 75. -
FIG. 33 is an end view of anexample frame 1700 of anexample sealing device 1702.FIGS. 36A and 36B are end views ofdevice 1702, where thedevice 1702 includes theframe 1700 and a sealingmember 1704 attached to theframe 1700.FIG. 36A depicts adistal occluding member 1714 of the device, whileFIG. 36B depicts aproximal occluding member 1712 of the device, where the distal and proximal occluding members have a generally disc shape (in a deployed configuration). -
Device 1702 may be used to seal a defect or tissue opening in a body of a patient, and in particular may be used to seal a defect or structure in a heart, such as a septal defect, or to seal other defects or tissue openings discussed herein. In general, the devices discussed herein may aid in substantially sealing such defects or structures.Device 1702 may be delivered to, and deployed at, a defect or tissue opening using the delivery apparatuses or systems described herein, for example. So that thewires 1706 of theframe 1702 may be more clearly shown, sealingmember 1704 is not shown inFIG. 33 . - As with other devices described herein,
device 1702, and inparticular frame 1700, includes a delivery configuration and a deployed configuration, where theframe 1700 may be elongated, extended, or collapsed for passage through a delivery apparatus in the delivery configuration.FIG. 33 , and the aforementionedFIGS. 36A and 36B , each depict theframe 1700 ordevice 1702 in the deployed configuration. -
FIG. 34 is a side view of theexample frame 1700 ofFIG. 33 , where theframe 1700 is shown in a partially elongated state disposed on a mandrel inFIG. 34 . The embodiment offrame 1700 depicted inFIGS. 33 and 34 includes eightwires 1706, four of which are labeled inFIG. 34 . Some embodiments of theframe 1700 include six wires, and embodiments that include any desired number of wires (e.g., four, five, seven, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, or more) are envisioned. Thewires 1706 of theframe 1700 each extend generally helically from a proximal end of the frame to a distal end of the frame. In general, thewires 1706 may be constructed of any of the materials described herein as pertaining to other wire and frame example embodiments. - Referring again to
FIG. 34 , thewires 1706 of theframe 1700 form various features of theframe 1700. For example, theframe 1700 includes afirst eyelet 1708 near the proximal end of the frame, and asecond eyelet 1710 near the distal end of the frame. Thefirst eyelet 1708 can be formed from first end portions of thewires 1706, and thesecond eyelet 1710 can be formed from second end portions of thewires 1706, in some embodiments. In some examples, one or more of the second end portions of the wires may also form a lock loop, as by extending from the eyelet and forming the lock loop.Eyelets wires 1706. In various implementations,frame 1700 includes two wire aggregation elements, generally disposed at or near the proximal and distal ends of the frame, respectively. - The
frame 1700 includes afirst occluding member 1712 generally adjacent thefirst eyelet 1708, and asecond occluding member 1714 generally adjacent thesecond eyelet 1710. In some embodiments, the first andsecond occluding members wires 1706. For eachwire 1706 of theframe 1700, thefirst occluding member 1712 includes a first generallylinear segment 1716, which may be referred to as a spoke (e.g., a spoke of the first occluding member 1712), and a first generallycurved segment 1718, which may be referred to as a rim and a spoke-to-rim transition region, where the first generallylinear segment 1716 and the first generallycurved segment 1718 together define a petal of thefirst occluding member 1712. Similarly, for eachwire 1706 of theframe 1700, thesecond occluding member 1714 includes a second generallylinear segment 1720, which may also be referred to as a spoke (e.g., a spoke of the second occluding member 1714), and a second generally curvedsegment 1722, which may be referred to as a rim and a spoke-to-rim transition region, where the second generallylinear segment 1720 and the second generally curvedsegment 1722 together define a petal of thesecond occluding member 1714. - The
frame 1700 also includes a defect-occupyingportion 1724 disposed between thefirst occluding member 1712 and thesecond occluding member 1714. For eachwire 1706 of theframe 1700, thewire 1706 includes, in the defect-occupyingportion 1724, a third generallylinear segment 1726, a fourth generallylinear segment 1728, and a third generallycurved segment 1730 disposed between the third generallylinear segment 1726 and the fourth generallylinear segment 1728. In general, thecurved segment 1730 provides an inflection region for engaging the defect, as will be discussed in more detail below. In some implementations, thecurved segment 1730 may be substantially in full contact with the defect or structure when deployed. In some implementations, only a portion of thecurved segment 1730 may be in contact with the defect or structure when deployed. In some embodiments, the curved segment of the inflection region of the defect-occupying portion can have a radius of about 0.094″.to about 0.305″. For example, the curved segment of the inflection region of the defect-occupying portion can have a radius of about 0.094″.for a device designed to seal defects of size 8-15 mm; can have a radius of about 0.197″.for a device designed to seal defects of size 13-20 mm; can have a radius of about 0.305″.fora device designed to seal defects of size 18-25 mm; can have a radius of about 0.300″.for a device designed to seal defects of size 23-30 mm; and can have a radius of about 0.302″.fora device designed to seal defects of size 28-35 mm. - Defect sizes can be determined in a number of ways, as is known to those skilled in the art. One way of determining defect size is to use a sizing balloon, where a balloon catheter is placed across a defect, the balloon is inflated, and an indentation into the balloon is measured to determine a diameter of the defect. See “Sizing of Atrial Septal Defects in Adults,”.by Hrodmar Helgason et al., Cardiology 2005; 104:1-5, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes. Echocardiography can be used to measure septal length, and a septal defect can be measured using fluoroscopy or echocardiography. For example, a contrast-filled, compliant balloon may be placed across the defect and inflated until shunting through the defect has stopped, and the defect size can then be measured using either echocardiography or calibrated fluoroscopy, as will be known to one of skill in the art.
-
FIG. 33 shows thevarious wire regions single wire 1706, whileFIG. 34 shows some of the wire portions labeled on one wire and others of the wire portions labeled on a different wire. -
FIG. 34 also shows alock loop 1713 and abumper 1711. Thelock loop 1713 includes a straight portion of the lock loop and a “pigtail”.of the lock loop. Thelock loop 1713 in not locked inFIG. 34 . -
FIG. 35 is a side view of thedevice 1702 in a partially elongated state on a mandrel, where thedevice 1702 includes theframe 1700 and sealingmember 1704.Sealing member 1704 may be the same or similar to sealing members discussed elsewhere herein. For example, sealingmember 1704 may be an ePTFE layer of material, and may be bonded to the frame by an adhesive, such as FEP. In some examples, the one or more portions of the sealingmember 1704 may be coated with a hydrophilic material to facilitate imaging of the device and surrounding tissue during implantation. - Implementations of
frame 1700, and generally ofdevice 1702, can be used to seal a wide variety of defect shapes and sizes. In general, defects of relatively widely varying defect sizes may be effectively sealed usingdevice 1702. For example, some implementations ofdevice 1702 may effectively seal defects having a size range, from largest size to smallest size, where the size range from largest size to smallest size is up to about 7 mm. For example, depending ondevice 1702 size, asingle device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 8-15 mm; asingle device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 13-20 mm; asingle device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 18-25 mm; asingle device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 23-30 mm; or asingle device 1702 may be used to seal defects of size 28-35 mm. - In some embodiments, the
defect occupying portion 1724 is adapted to substantially fill a range of potential defect sizes from a largest defect size to a smallest defect size that is approximately 60% of the largest defect size, and wherein the defect-occupying portion deflects to an outer diameter that is less than about 60% of its nominal outer diameter when a radial pressure of about 0.04 N/mm2 is applied to the defect occupying portion. In some embodiments, the device may be configured such that the defect-occupying portion conforms to the shape of the defect, and the occluding members still maintain a generally flat profile (e.g., minimize substantial deviation from the contours of the tissue) on the tissue surface. - The defect-occupying
portion 1724 of the device may be very compliant. For example, when thedevice 1702 is placed in a defect, the defect-occupyingportion 1724 of the device may not substantially deform the defect by pushing against the edge of the defect. Yet, the defect-occupyingportion 1724 may still substantially fill the defect for a wide variety of defect sizes and defect shapes. For example, the defect-occupyingportion 1724 may deflect based on a radial pressure applied to the defect-occupyingportion 1724 by an edge of the defect. Moreover, such deflection of the defect-occupyingportion 1724 may not induce “mushrooming”.or lifting effects on the occluding member discs of the device, so that the occluding member discs may continue to maintain a generally flat profile and conform to the tissue variances of the respective tissue surfaces that the discs appose. - Radial stiffness testing, wherein a radial pressure is applied to the defect-occupying
portion 1724 of the device and a deflection of the defect-occupying portion is measured, has demonstrated the compliance of the defect-occupying portion. For example, the defect-occupyingportion 1724 of the device deflects to an outer diameter that is less than about 60% of its nominal outer diameter when a radial pressure of about 0.04 N/mm2 is applied to the defect-occupying portion. Measurement of the defect-occupying portion deflection includes measuring a nominal outer diameter of the defect-occupying portion when the device is in a deployed configuration and when substantially zero radial pressure is applied to the defect-occupying portion, applying the radial pressure, and measuring the outer diameter again. - The outer diameter of the defect-occupying portion can be measured at an inflection region of the defect-occupying portion, and such a diameter may be referred to as an inflection diameter of the device. For example, for a defect-occupying
portion 1724 that includes, for each wire of the device, first and second linear sections and a curved section between the linear sections, the nominal outer diameter can be measured across the defect-occupying portion at the curved sections of opposing wires. The radial pressure may be applied by a flexible loop of a tensile testing machine, where an adjustable load balance of the testing machine can determine the amount of radial pressure applied by the flexible loop. With 0.04 N/mm2 of radial pressure applied to the defect-occupyingportion 1724, the inflection diameter of the device is reduced to less than about 60% of the nominal inflection diameter, for example, because the defect-occupyingportion 1724 is conformable. - In some embodiments, a first device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 27 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 17 mm can be used to seal defects of size 8-15 mm. In some embodiments, a second device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 32 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 22 mm can be used to seal defects of size 13-20 mm. In some embodiments, a third device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 37 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 27 mm can be used to seal defects of size 18-25 mm. In some embodiments, a fourth device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 44 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 32 mm can be used to seal defects of size 23-30 mm. In some embodiments, a fifth device that has a maximal nominal outer diameter of its occluding members of 48 mm, and a maximum nominal diameter of its defect-occupying portion of 36 mm can be used to seal defects of size 28-35 mm.
-
FIG. 36C shows thesealing device 1702 with the addition ofopenings member 1704. In some embodiments, theopenings sealing device 1702. In some circumstances, such as when thesealing device 1702 is deployed within a patient to occlude a tissue opening for example, theopenings member 1704 can serve to at least partially prevent or relieve a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 1702. In some such circumstances, by at least partially preventing or relieving a fluid pressure differential between the interior and exterior of thesealing device 1702, theopenings sealing device 1702 in a desired position and configuration in relation to the patient's anatomy. - The
openings openings openings FIG. 36D which has four openings 1715 a-d). In some embodiments, one, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, or more than twelve openings 1705 a-b are included in asingle sealing device 1702. Theopenings first occluding member 1712, thesecond occluding member 1714, or on a combination thereof, - The
openings openings openings sealing device 1702, and in any other sealing device embodiment provided herein. -
FIG. 36D shows another example embodiment of thesealing device 1702, with the addition of afirst opening 1715 a, asecond opening 1715 b, athird opening 1715 c, and afourth opening 1715 d that are each defined by the sealingmember 1704. Theopenings openings openings openings -
FIGS. 37A and 37B show thedevice 1702 deployed inexample defects first defect 1740, having a dark shade inFIG. 37A in contrast to the surrounding lighter shade tissue surface, has a generally circular shape and a relatively smaller defect diameter. For example, the diameter ofdefect 1742 is 28 mm. Asecond defect 1742, having a dark shade inFIG. 37B in contrast to the surrounding lighter shade tissue surface, also has a generally circular shape, but has a relatively larger defect diameter. For example, the diameter ofdefect 1740 is 35 mm. In some examples,device 1702 includes one or moreradiopaque markers 1744 in the defect-occupyingportion 1724 of the device. In this example, thedevice 1702 includes fourradiopaque markers 1744, one for every other (alternating) wire of thedevice 1702. Theradiopaque markers 1744 may be gold bands, in some implementations. In some examples, the radiopaque markers may be crimped on to thewires 1706 in the inflection region of the defect-occupyingportion 1724 for ease of device placement verification. Threemarkers 1744 are visible inFIG. 37B , and twomarkers 1744 are visible inFIG. 37A (the non-visible markers are obscured by the example tissue in each figure). As can be seen inFIGS. 37A and 37B , themarkers 1744 are resting against the edges of thedefects smaller diameter defect 1740 and for thelarger diameter defect 1742. This demonstrates the device's efficacy in sealing defects of disparate size, in that thedefect occupying region 1724 is adapted to substantially fully occupy thedefect device 1702 can treat a range of defect sizes without the rims or peripheral edges of the occluding members being substantially raised from the septal tissue. That is, even the rims of the devices may be in contact with tissue surrounding the defect for defects sizes within a treatment range of the device.FIG. 37B shows alock loop 1713 that is locked or in a lock-loop-deployed configuration. - Additionally, defects having uniform shapes, as well as defects having non-uniform or irregular shapes, may be effectively sealed using
device 1702.FIG. 38 shows thedevice 1702 deployed in anexample defect 1746 having a generally elliptical shape, thedefect 1746 having a dark shade inFIG. 38 in contrast to the surrounding lighter shade tissue surface. Threemarkers 1744 are visible inFIG. 38 (the non-visible marker being obscured by the example tissue), and as can be seen themarkers 1744 are generally resting against the edge of thedefect 1746. This demonstrates the device's efficacy in sealing defects of irregular (e.g., generally non-circular) shape, in that thedefect occupying region 1724 is adapted to substantially fully occupy thedefect 1746, without applying undue outward radial pressure against the wall of thedefect 1746. In general, thedevice 1702 may be used to seal a defect having a generally round shape, a generally elliptical shape, a generally pear shape, a generally triangular shape, a generally square or rectangular shape, a generally polygon shape, a generally sem i-circular shape, or generally amorphous shapes. -
FIG. 38 also shows that an occluding member need not be centered at the geometric center of a defect, as theeyelet 1710 is generally in the lower half of thedefect 1746 along the long axis of the defect, as shown. For example, the device may be non-self-centering. - Additionally, the occluding
members device 1702 may effectively conform to tissue regions on either side of the defect (e.g., the septal wall on either side of the defect), whether the geometry of such tissue regions is generally flat, or includes a non-flat topography, such as including one or more convex regions, one or more concave regions, or combinations of the foregoing (e.g., ridges or valleys in the tissue surface). Stated another way, the occluding members or discs of the device may effectively conform to one or more curvatures of the septum in the area around the defect. In general, the occluding member's or members'.tendency to conform to the geometry of the surrounding surface, in concert with the defect-occupying portion's compliance and minimal outward radial force application, permits the device to adapt to the defect, including by enabling offset of one or both of the occluding members from a center of the defect (e.g., as shown inFIG. 38 ). For a wide variety of defect sizes and shapes, the defect-occupyingportion 1724 of thedevice 1702 may substantially fully occupy the defect and may conform to the size and shape of the defect without imparting a force that is sufficient to cause buckling, lifting, or mushrooming of the occludingmembers members -
FIG. 39 is a three-dimensional view of anexample sealing device 1780 deployed in amodel 1782 of a portion of a human heart that includes a septum with a tissue surface that includes a curved topography. In this example, the frame ofdevice 1780 includes six wires. Thedevice 1780 is deployed in an atrial septal defect, and the occluding member can be seen conforming to the septum on the right atrium side of the heart, when viewed through the inferior vena cava. As can be seen inFIG. 39 , the occluding member of thesealing device 1780 conforms to the concave curvature of the septal tissue surrounding the defect. In general, the occluding members of the device provide an apposition force against the corresponding septal wall and generally assume the topography of the wall surface to substantially seal flat against the wall surface. - Referring again to
device 1702, thewires 1706 offrame 1700 are generally arranged such that they can move independently of one another between theeyelets wire 1706 or a portion of the wire encounters a geometry of a tissue, for example, the wire or portion of the wire is able to conform to the geometry of the tissue without substantially deflecting or affectingother wires 1706 of the device, in some embodiments. Stated another way, a wire portion or a petal of the first occluding member is adapted to bear a load associated with a first tissue surface without imparting a substantial force to the other wires of the device. Similarly, a wire portion or a petal of the second occluding member is adapted to bear a load associated with a second tissue surface without imparting a substantial force to the other wires of the device. For example, a first petal (e.g., of the first occluding member) that bears a load associated with a first tissue surface may not impart a substantial force to other petals (e.g., other petals of the first occluding member). Similarly, a second petal (e.g., of the second occluding member) that bears a load associated with a second tissue surface may not impart a substantial force to other petals (e.g., other petals of the second occluding member). Also, a givenwire 1706 forms a petal of the first occluding member and also forms a petal of the second occluding member, and in general the petal of the first occluding member may move substantially independently from the petal of the second occluding member, and the petal of the second occluding member may move substantially independently from the petal of the first occluding member. The petals may move generally independently from one another, and even for petals formed from the same wire (e.g., where one petal forms a portion of the proximal disc and the other petal forms a portion of the distal disc), the petals may generally move or conform to the tissue substantially independently from one another. In some embodiments, a movement of one wire may not directly translate to a movement of one or more other wires of the device. Stated another way, a given wire is able to bear a load generally without substantially affecting other wires of the device. - After deployment, the final position of the device may be primarily driven by the occluding
member portion 1724 or a portion thereof (e.g., the curved segment or only a portion of the curved segment) may maintain contact with the wall of the defect, but may be adapted to not provide substantial apposition force against the defect, or against an interior wall of the defect. This can minimize or prevent “mushrooming”.or bulging of the occludingmembers - In general, the devices shown in
FIGS. 33-39 and described above are able to substantially seal a defect or structure in a heart of a patient, and to substantially occupy the defect or structure, based on a combination and interrelation of device properties that cooperate in a synergistic manner. For example, a structure and orientation of the elongate elements including, e.g., the structure and orientation of the various portions or regions of the elongate elements, work together to provide for a stable placement of the device, while maintaining a profile that approximates the respective tissue surfaces on either side of the defect or structure. -
FIG. 40 is a lateral view of asingle wire 1790 of a six-wire device, such asdevice 1780 ofFIG. 39 , in a deployed configuration. -
FIG. 41A is an end view of asingle wire 1706 ofexample frame 1700. In this view, the proximal and distal eyelets are aligned longitudinally, so that the distal eyelet is immediately below the labeledproximal eyelet 1708.FIG. 41A shows that an angle defined by the wire's exit from theproximal eyelet 1708 and the wire's entry to the distal eyelet is about 150 degrees, or in some embodiments in a range from about 150 degrees to about 152 degrees. More particularly, for a device sized to occlude a defect with a size of 23-30 mm, the angle defined by the aforementioned wire exit and entry points to the eyelets is about 152 degrees; and for a device sized to occlude a defect with a size of 28-35 mm, the angle defined by the aforementioned wire exit and entry points to the eyelets is about 150 degrees. In general,frame 1700 includes eightwires 1706. In some embodiments, each of the device's wires, when viewed individually, may define one of the aforementioned angles between the respective wire's exit and entry points. For each of the occluding members of the device, adjacent petals formed by the individual wires and corresponding to a particular occluding member will overlap one another. -
FIG. 41B is an end view of asingle wire 1790 of the frame ofexample device 1780.FIG. 41B shows that an angle defined by the wire's exit from the proximal eyelet and the wire's entry to the distal eyelet is about 210 degrees, or in some embodiments in a range from about 210 degrees to about 214 degrees. More particularly, for a device sized to occlude a defect with a size of 8-15 mm, the angle defined by the aforementioned wire exit and entry points to the eyelets is about 212 degrees; for a device sized to occlude a defect with a size of 13-20 mm, the angle defined by the aforementioned wire exit and entry points to the eyelets is about 214 degrees; and for a device sized to occlude a defect with a size of 18-25 mm, the angle defined by the aforementioned wire exit and entry points to the eyelets is about 210 degrees. In general, the frame fordevice 1780 includes sixwires 1790. In some embodiments, each of the device's wires, when viewed individually, may define one of the aforementioned angles between the respective wire's exit and entry points. For each of the occluding members of the device, adjacent petals formed by the individual wires and corresponding to a particular occluding member will overlap one another. -
FIG. 42 shows thedevice 1702 in a deployed configuration, where thedevice 1702 includes anon-metal attachment member 1796.Non-metal attachment member 1796 may be an ePTFE loop attached to an eyelet of thedevice 1702, for example. Aretrieval cord 1798, which may comprise an ePTFE tether, of thedelivery apparatus 1799 is looped through thenon-metal attachment member 1796. As such, thedevice 1702 can be fully deployed while remaining coupled to thedelivery apparatus 1799, so that an assessment of the deployment under a lower tension or tension-free (as compared to the device being more rigidly secured to the delivery apparatus) may be performed. If the deployment is unsatisfactory, thedevice 1702 can be recaptured by thedelivery apparatus 1799 by drawing thedevice 1702 into the apparatus using theretrieval cord 1798. In some examples, fraying of theretrieval cord 1798 may be minimized or avoided because of the non-metal-on-non-metal interface ofretrieval cord 1798 andnon-metal attachment member 1796. In general,non-metal attachment member 1796 andretrieval cord 1798 can comprise any biocompatible material of sufficient strength and flexibility. In some examples, a metal attachment member can be used. In some examples, theretrieval cord 1798 is looped through an eyelet of thedevice 1702. - Some embodiments include left and right discs interconnected by a defect occupying region. The discs may be soft and conformable, and the nominal diameters of the left and right discs may be substantially equivalent. The device may be preassembled to a delivery system. The devices may include fewer than ten Niti wires. The devices may include a small amount of metal mass. The devices may be versatile. For example, defect size ranges from 8 mm to 35 mm, such as for atrial septal defects, and more specifically for ostium secundum atrial septal defects, may be treated with five device sizes, in some implementations. The devices may be deployed by a handle deployment system with simple push/pull motions for loading and deployment. In some embodiments, the metal frame of the device may not be exposed to the bloodstream. A delivery catheter with both multi-purpose and Hausdorf-type curves may be used. A 10 Fr. (outer diameter) catheter may be used. An 11 Fr. (outer diameter) catheter may be used. A 12 Fr. (outer diameter) catheter may be used.
- In general, the sealing devices described herein (including
devices 1702, and 1780) may be implanted using a percutaneous, transcatheter procedure. The sealing device may be loaded or attached to a delivery apparatus, for example as described above herein. In some examples, the sealing device may be loaded or attached to a delivery catheter that is controlled by a control handle, for example. The delivery apparatus may be advanced to a location of defect or structure in a heart of a patient, and the sealing device may be deployed at the location of the defect or structure to seal the defect or structure. In some examples, the defect or structure may be an atrial septal defect. I some examples, the defect or structure may be an ostium secundum defect. In some examples the defect or structure may be a patent foramen ovale defect. - In some examples, the sealing device may be attached or loaded to a delivery catheter, which may be advanced over a guidewire across the atrial septum until the tip of the delivery catheter is positioned within the left atrium. The guidewire may be removed. A first action at a handle of a delivery system that is coupled to the delivery catheter may deploy the left occluding member (e.g., left disc) of the sealing device from the catheter. In some examples, the first action may include moving a slider control on the handle in a first direction until the slider control encounters a stop. This action may be performed simultaneously with retracting the delivery catheter a distance. In some examples, the first action may also include moving the slider control in a second direction that is different from the first direction (e.g., perpendicular to the first direction) and then again in the first direction until a tactile cue at the handle is encountered, which may indicate to an operator that the left occluding member has been deployed. The operator may give the handle a gentle tug to bring the left occluding member into contact with the left atrial septum. A second action at the handle may deploy the right occluding member (e.g., right disc). In some examples, the second action may include moving the slider control in the first direction until the slider control encounters a stop, and then moving the slider control in a third direction that is different from the first and second directions (e.g., opposite of the second direction). A third action at the handle may cause the sealing device to be locked into place at the delivery location, as by locking the lock loop of the device.
- While several of the example sealing devices discussed herein have generally been described as comprised of elongate elements or wires, in alternative embodiments any of the sealing devices discussed herein may also be formed from a tube, such as laser-cut from a Nitinol tube. For example, a laser may be used to cut a pattern into a hollow tube to create a sealing device that resembles the wire-wound sealing devices discussed herein, where portions of the tube remaining after the pattern has been cut may correspond to the elongate elements or wires of the devices discussed herein. A Nitinol tube having an outer diameter sized to correspond to the eyelet or elongate element aggregation elements discussed herein may be laser-cut in this manner, for example. For additional examples of devices created by laser-cutting a tube of material, see the provisional patent application titled “Space Filling Devices,”.having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Brandon A. Lurie, Steven J. Masters, Thomas R. McDaniel, and Stanislaw L. Zukowski, filed on 16 November 2012, assigned U.S. Ser. No. 61/727,458, and the provisional patent application titled “Space Filling Devices,”.having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Brandon A. Lurie, Steven J. Masters, Thomas R. McDaniel, and Stanislaw L. Zukowski, filed on 15 March 2013, the disclosures of which are considered part of and are specifically incorporated by reference in their entirety (including the figures) for all purposes in the present disclosure.
- While several of the example sealing devices discussed herein have generally been described as including eyelets or wire aggregation elements at or near the proximal or distal ends of the device, other examples are possible. In some embodiments, one or both eyelets or wire aggregation elements may be oriented toward the center of the device rather than toward the proximal or distal ends of the device. For examples of devices that include eyelets oriented toward the center of the device, or for other styles of wire aggregation elements (which may be used to replaced, e.g., eyelets or wire aggregation elements discussed herein), see the provisional patent application titled “Space Filling Devices,”.having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Brandon A. Lurie, Steven J. Masters, Thomas R. McDaniel, and Stanislaw L. Zukowski, filed on 16 Nov. 2012, assigned U.S. Ser. No. 61/727,458, and the provisional patent application titled “Space Filling Devices,”.having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Brandon A. Lurie, Steven J. Masters, Thomas R. McDaniel, and Stanislaw L. Zukowski, filed on 15 Mar. 2013, the disclosures of which are considered part of and are specifically incorporated by reference in their entirety (including the figures) for all purposes in the present disclosure. For additional examples of wire aggregation elements or hub elements (which may be used to replaced, e.g., eyelets or wire aggregation elements discussed herein), see the provisional patent application titled “Joint Assembly for Medical Devices,”.having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Steven J. Masters, and Thomas R. McDaniel, filed on 16 Nov. 2012, assigned U.S. Ser. No. 61/727,328, and the non-provisional patent application titled “Joint Assembly for Medical Devices,”.having inventors Coby C. Larsen, Steven J. Masters, and Thomas R. McDaniel, filed on 15 Mar. 2013, the disclosures of which are considered part of and are specifically incorporated by reference in their entirety (including the figures) for all purposes in the present disclosure. For additional examples of delivery system devices, systems, and techniques that can be used to deliver, deploy, reposition, and retrieve the devices discussed herein, see the provisional application titled “Implantable Medical Device Deployment System,”. having inventors Steven J. Masters and Thomas R. McDaniel, filed on 16 Nov. 2012, assigned U.S. Ser. No. 61/727,328, and the provisional patent application titled “Implantable Medical Device Deployment System,”.having inventors Steven J. Masters and Thomas R. McDaniel, filed on 15 Mar. 2013, the disclosures of which are considered part of and are specifically incorporated by reference in their entirety (including the figures) for all purposes in the present disclosure.
- Anchor components or fixation devices may be attached to any of the embodiments. Examples of anchor complements (80 and 96) are shown in
FIGS. 26A and 30 .FIG. 26A illustrates ananchor component 80 with fixation elements configured to pierce, puncture or protrude into tissue adjacent to the device during or after deployment.Anchor component 96 inFIG. 30 illustrates fixation elements configured with blunt ends designed to grasp or engage the adjacent tissue without substantially protruding into the tissue. Other anchor components may be envisioned, including anchor components configured to possess both piercing and grasping capabilities. Such an anchor component may be similar to that shown inFIG. 30 , but instead of having looped wire arm, have a single wire arm with a looped end, the end of which may be crimped or positioned to either be in the same plane as the single wire arm or to protrude from the plane thereby being available to pierce or puncture tissue. Anchor components may be attached at any eyelet of the device. Anchor components may be configured to bend in any direction. Single or multiple anchor components may be affixed to any device or wire frame in any combination. Said anchors can be designed to release the tissue for repositioning and/or retrieval. Further, when the sealing device is in a delivery configuration, the barbs may be collapsed to avoid catching on the catheter components during retrieval of the device. - For additional examples of anchors and sealing devices, see U.S. application Ser. No. 13/291,914, titled “Sealing Device and Delivery Method,”.the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
-
FIG. 8 shows a perspective view of sealingdevice 100 attached to a delivery system includingfirst tube 102,third tube 104, and a handle for deploying asealing device 100.FIG. 8 further illustrates a fistlinear actuator 802, a flushing port 804, the secondlinear actuator 806,lock release actuator 808, ahousing 810 and a slot with a length in thehousing 812. Firstlinear actuator 802 may have a variety of configurations, which will be discussed further. -
FIGS. 9A-D are flow charts which describe the movements of the various components of the delivery system and attached sealingdevice 100 during use.Loading sealing device 100 into the delivery system prior to use is described inFIG. 9A . Components of the delivery system handle are shown inFIGS. 8, 10 and 11 . A clinician may flush the delivery system by attaching a syringe or other suitable implement onto flushing port 804 and filling the system with saline or any other appropriate flushing material. The firstlinear actuator 802 may then be moved inslot 812 inhousing 810 against aspring 1100.Spring 1100 may be configured as shown or may be formed as a leaf spring, stepped spring or any form commonly known in the arts. This action rotates themandrel control lever 1000, shown inFIG. 11 , about aslider rod 1102 to the side ofhousing 810. This same motion moves the firstlinear actuator 802 free ofdistal notch 1104 in thesizing insert 1103 and prevents thesecond tube 108 from translating either proximally or distally. Sizinginsert 1103 may be of any material with suitable mechanical properties. - Typical handles, handle components, tools or catheters used to deliver medical devices can comprise commonly known materials such as Amorphous Commodity Thermoplastics that include Polymethyl Methacrylate (PMMA or Acrylic), Polystyrene (PS), Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS), Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Modified Polyethylene Terephthalate Glycol (PETG), Cellulose Acetate Butyrate (CAB); Semi-Crystalline Commodity Plastics that include Polyethylene (PE), High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE or LLDPE), Polypropylene (PP), Polymethylpentene (PM P); Amorphous Engineering Thermoplastics that include Polycarbonate (PC), Polyphenylene Oxide (PPO), Modified Polyphenylene Oxide (Mod PPO), Polyphenelyne Ether (PPE), Modified Polyphenelyne Ether (Mod PPE),Thermoplastic Polyurethane (TPU); Semi-Crystalline Engineering Thermoplastics that include Polyamide (PA or Nylon), Polyoxymethylene (POM or Acetal), Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET, Thermoplastic Polyester), Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT, Thermoplastic Polyester), Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMW-PE); High Performance Thermoplastics that include Polyimide (PI, Imidized Plastic), Polyamide Imide (PAI, Imidized Plastic), Polybenzimidazole (PBI, Imidized Plastic); Amorphous High Performance Thermoplastics that include Polysulfone (PSU), Polyetherimide (PEI), Polyether Sulfone (PES), Polyaryl Sulfone (PAS); Semi-Crystalline High Performance Thermoplastics that include Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS), Polyetheretherketone (PEEK); and Semi-Crystalline High Performance Thermoplastics, Fluoropolymers that include Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene (FEP), Ethylene Chlorotrifluroethylene (ECTFE), Ethylene, Ethylene Tetrafluoroethylene (ETFE), Polychlortrifluoroethylene (PCTFE), Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF), Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA). Other commonly known medical grade materials include elastomeric organosilicon polymers, polyether block amide or thermoplastic copolyether (PEBAX) and metals such as stainless steel and nickel/titanium alloys.
- A
distal notch 1104 andproximal notch 1106 in sizinginsert 1103 may be used to aid in the positioning of the firstlinear actuator 802 inhousing slot 812. The distance between the two notches, 1104 and 1106 respectively, may be the length of sealingdevice 100 when it is elongated oversecond tube 108 prior to loading onto the delivery system. Sizinginsert 1103 may be sized to accommodate a variety of device lengths and is preferably from about 22.28 cm long with a distance between the proximal end ofdistal notch 1104 and proximal end ofproximal notch 1106 from about 6.25-13.32 cm.Notches - The first
linear actuator 802 is then moved to a mid point inslot 812 toward the proximal end of thehousing 810. This action causes thefirst tube 102 to move proximally and thesealing device 100 proximal end to move proximally, thus elongatingsealing device 100. Firstlinear actuator 802 may be any shape (e.g., lever, ball) but is preferably shaped to accommodate a clinician's thumb. Firstlinear actuator 802 may be constructed of any material with suitable mechanical properties but is preferably a material similar to that of sizinginsert 1103. A feature of the firstlinear actuator 802 are recessed teeth formed in the top portion of the firstlinear actuator 802 for securingretrieval cord 110. This feature is preferred but optional. The teeth could be made into any tortuous path or have any shape desired to create resistance forretrieval cord 110 during loading, deployment, or retrieval of sealingdevice 100. Corresponding protruding teeth (not shown) may be formed in the bottom surface ofretrieval cord lock 803. These teeth may fit together and hold the retrieval cord firmly. Other methods commonly known in the art for securing a small diameter cord may also be used and will be discussed in detail in a following section. - The first
linear actuator 802 is then moved further proximally until the device is loaded inthird tube 104. During this action,spring 1100 pushes the firstlinear actuator 802 and themandrel control lever 1000 to the left ofslot 812 and into theproximal notch 1106 in sizinginsert 1103. Thesecond tube 108 is free to move proximally with sealingdevice 100 andfirst tube 102. As the firstlinear actuator 802 is moved proximally, thesecond tube 108, sealingdevice 100 andfirst tube 102 slide or translate into thethird tube 104. After the firstlinear actuator 802 is in its proximal-most position, the system may again be flushed with saline in the manner described above. - Alternate embodiments of first
linear actuator 802 are shown inFIGS. 12A-D .FIG. 12A shows a perspective view of the alternatelinear actuator 1108 in the locked retrieval cord position.Linear actuator 1108 is similar in construction tolinear actuator 802 but features a retrievalcord locking ring 1110 andretrieval cord groove 1112.FIG. 12B depictsalternate embodiment 1114, which is configured with athumb wheel 1116 that extends beyond the sides of the linear actuator to facilitate easy manipulation.Thumb wheel 1116 is screwed onto a threadedpost 1118 around which the retrieval cord is wound.Embodiment 1114 also contains aretrieval cord groove 1120 through which the retrieval cord is guided prior to securing it around threadedpost 1118.FIG. 12C illustrates yet anotherembodiment 1122 that utilizes a side fitted threadedthumb wheel 1124 around which the retrieval cord is wound and secured to theactuator 1122 by the act of inserting the threadedpost 1124 into a threaded aperture (not shown) in the side of theactuator 1122. Prior to winding the retrieval cord around the threadedpost 1124, the retrieval cord is inserted through theretrieval cord groove 1126. Yet anotherembodiment 1128 is shown inFIG. 12D .Embodiment 1128 shows a linear actuator with moldedthumb wheel 1130. Thethumb wheel 1130 extends slightly beyond the edges of the linear actuator facilitating manipulation of the linear actuator. The retrieval cord is inserted throughcord groove 1132 and wound around a threaded post (not shown). The moldedthumb wheel 1130 is then secured on the threaded post securing the retrieval cord. - Deploying sealing
device 100 into a defect is described inFIG. 9B . The firstlinear actuator 802 is moved distally until a stop is reached. This movement causes thefirst tube 102 andsecond tube 108 to move distally within thethird tube 104. Thelinear actuator 802 must then be moved to the right inslot 812, againstspring 1100. When thelinear actuator 802 is moved to the right,mandrel control lever 1000 rotates onslider rod 1102. This action causes thelinear actuator 802 to be free of theproximal notch 1106 in sizinginsert 1103. After this action, thelinear actuator 802 is further translated distally. This causes thefirst tube 102 andproximal eyelet 202 of sealingdevice 100 to move distally. Also affected by this action is the distal end of sealingdevice 100, which is prevented from moving. Thefirst tube 102 guides the device out of thethird tube 104 to deploy the device in a defect. Movinglinear actuator 802 distally to the end ofslot 812 results in the entire sealing device being deployed. One skilled in the art would recognize that the steps described above could be halted and reversed at certain points to allow optimal positioning of sealingdevice 100. - Locking the device is described in the flowchart illustrated in
FIG. 9C . Theretrieval cord lock 803 would be unsnapped from the firstlinear actuator 802. A clinician would grasp the secondlinear actuator 806 by gripping attachedlock release actuator 808 and press it toward the middle ofhousing 810. The secondlinear actuator 806 may be of any size or shape but is preferably sized to fit within aslot 1002 in the longitudinal surface ofhousing 810.Linear actuator 806 is fitted withlock release actuator 808 by means of a snap fitting. Any means of attachment would suffice to fastenlock release actuator 808 tolinear actuator 806, such as glue or construction as a molded part. Materials appropriate for both the secondlinear actuator 806 andlock release actuator 808 may be any material of suitable mechanical properties, but are preferably similar to that of the previously mentioned handle components.Lock release actuator 808 is designed to enable a user to grip the device securely. Gripping may be aided by protrusions on the lateral sides of thelock release actuator 808. These protrusions may be made of a similar material as that of thelock release actuator 808, or may be made of a material with a high coefficient of friction or of a material more compliant than that oflock release actuator 808. These protrusions may also be made with grating, a roughening, a raised design, or striations in the surface in conjunction with the material listed above to further aid in the gripping of the device. These features on the surface oflock release actuator 808 may also be used to aid in gripping without the use of gripping protrusions, and may be applied directly to the lateral surface of the secondlinear actuator 806.Slot 1002 may be configured to have a stop to hold the secondlinear actuator 806 in a distal most position until lock release of the sealing device. A preferred stop is shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 in the form of a corrugated area, but may also be any manner of mechanical stop.Slot 1002 may be of any length, but preferably has a length sufficient to translate motion proximally about the width of the secondlinear actuator 806 plus about 3.18 cm.Slot 1002 may be any shape that would accommodate the secondlinear actuator 806. - An alternate embodiment of second
linear actuator 806 is shown inFIGS. 13A and 13B . Instead of grippinglock release actuator 808 and activating secondlinear actuator 806, a rotatablelock release actuator 1300 is gripped and rotated to affect lock release. The rotatablelock release actuator 1300 may contain awindow 1302, which would prevent forward movement of the firstlinear actuator 802. When rotated,lock release actuator 1300 allows the same actions aslock release actuator 806 shown inFIG. 10 . - Once the second
linear actuator 808 is gripped, a clinician may move the secondlinear actuator 806 proximally. This action results in proximal movement ofthird tube 104,mandrel control lever 1000, sizinginsert 1103 andsecond tube 108.Second tube 108 moves proximally from between eyelets of the device. An alternate method of achieving this action would be to provide a twist mechanism to the distal end of the handle instead of a secondlinear actuator 806. This twist mechanism would be provided with a slot that allows for the same movement of thethird tube 104,mandrel control lever 1000, sizinginsert 1103 andsecond tube 108 as the secondlinear actuator 806. - Once lock release has been achieved, the
retrieval cord lock 803 is then twisted to remove it from the firstlinear actuator 802 and pulled until theretrieval cord 110 is free of the delivery system.Retrieval cord 110 is attached to theretrieval cord lock 803 at one end.Retrieval cord 110 may be constructed of any material with suitable mechanical properties such as Kevlar®, flexible metal wire, polymers and the like. A preferred material forretrieval cord 110 is an ePTFE fiber.Retrieval cord lock 803 may be configured in a variety of shapes and sizes. Possible retrieval cord locks may be designed to provide a slot in thelinear actuator 802 through which the retrieval passes. In one configuration, the retrieval cord is secured by passing the cord through a slot or hole in the axis of the thumb wheel disposed in thelinear actuator 802 and tightened by twisting the thumb wheel. An alternate configuration would provide a slide lock that binds the retrieval cord between the lock and thelinear actuator 802 using friction. A preferred design would be to secure the retrieval cord between teeth formed in the retrieval cord lock as shown inFIG. 11 . - Materials suitable for constructing
retrieval cord lock 803 are similar to that used to constructhousing 810 and other handle components. As mentioned previously,retrieval cord lock 803 preferably has teeth or protrusions that correspond to indentations inlinear actuator 802 for the purpose of grippingretrieval cord 110.Retrieval cord lock 803 may be configured in a variety of shapes to enableretrieval cord 110 to be secured. A preferred configuration would include apertures through theretrieval cord lock 803 to allowretrieval cord 110 to be passed therethrough and knotted. After twisting theretrieval cord lock 803, it is pulled until theretrieval cord 110 is removed from the delivery system. - Prior to the step four described in
FIG. 9C , thesealing device 100 may be retrieved as described in the flowchart illustrated inFIG. 9D . Theretrieval cord lock 803 may be snapped into the firstlinear actuator 802. This serves to lock theretrieval cord 110 in place. The clinician then moves the firstlinear actuator 802 to the right edge ofslot 812. The firstlinear actuator 802 moves inslot 812 to the right, pressing onspring 1100 while themandrel control lever 1000 rotates on theslider rod 1102 to the right of the handle.Slider rod 1102 is preferably of a round cross-section but one skilled in the art would recognize that a variety of cross-sectional shapes (e.g., square or triangular) would be acceptable.Slider rod 1102 could also be configured in the shape of acrown spring 1400, as shown inFIGS. 14A and B. The spring could be inserted in aslot 1402 through the linear actuator to allow fore and aft translation of the linear actuator. An alternate embodiment ofspring 1100 may be a spring molded as anintegral part 1500 of firstlinear actuator 802, as illustrated byFIG. 15 . Another embodiment ofspring 1100 is shown inFIG. 16 . In this configuration, aspring 1600 is attached tohousing 810 and pushes on the firstlinear actuator 802 in key positions. As stated above, one skilled in the art would recognize the appropriate materials for use as a spring or molded part. The firstlinear actuator 802 is free ofdistal notch 1104 and thesecond tube 108 is prevented from moving. The first linear actuator is moved proximally by the clinician, causingfirst tube 102 to move proximally. This motion translates the proximal end of sealingdevice 100 proximally elongating thedevice 100 and allowing it to be pulled into thethird tube 104. - Without intending to limit the scope of the invention, the following examples illustrate how various embodiments of the invention may be made and/or used.
- A sealing device similar to
FIG. 1 was manufactured using the following components and assembly process. - An expanded polytetrafluoroethylene material was obtained with the following properties:
- Methanol bubble point of 1 psi
- Mass/area of 2.2 grams/square meter
- Longitudinal maximum load of 1.6 kg/inch
- Thickness of 0.0003 inch
- Longitudinal matrix tensile strength of 92000 psi
- The following test methods and equipment were used to determine the above-mentioned properties: Methanol bubble point was measured using a custom built machine with a 1 inch diameter foot, a ramp rate of 0.2 psi/second and a liquid media of methanol. Length and width of the material were measured using a metal ruler. Mass/area was measured using a balance (Model GF-400 Top Loader Balance, ANG, San Jose Calif.) with a 36×5 inch sample. Longitudinal maximum load was measured using a materials test machine (Model 5564, Instron, Grove City, Pa.) equipped with a 10 kg load cell. The gauge length was 1 inch and the cross head speed was 25 mm/minute. Sample width was 1 inch. Longitudinal tensile test measurements were taken in the length direction of the material. Thickness was measured using a thickness gauge (Mitutoyo Digital Indicator 547-400) with a foot diameter of ¼ inch. The longitudinal matrix tensile strengths (MTS) were calculated using the following equation: Density was calculated using the formula, density=mass/volume.
-
- An expanded polytetrafluoroethylene with a thin layer of FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) material was obtained with the following properties:
- Mass/area of 36.1 grams/square meter
- Maximum Load, Longitudinal of 12.6 kg/inch
- Maximum Load, Transverse of 0.3 kg/inch
- Thickness of 0.0012 inch
- The following test methods and equipment were used to determine the above-mentioned properties: Material was weighed using a precision analytical balance (Model GF-400 Top Loader Balance, ANG, San Jose Calif.) with a sample area of 36×1 inch sample. Length and width of the material were measured using a metal ruler. Material thickness was measured using a digital thickness gauge (Mitutoyo Digital Indicator 547-400) with a foot diameter of ¼ inch. Maximum transverse load was measured using a materials test machine (Model 5564, Instron, Grove City, Pa.) equipped with a 10 kg load cell. The sample width was 1 inch, the gauge length was 1 inch and the cross head speed was 25 mm/minute. Maximum longitudinal load was measured using a materials test machine (Model 5564, Instron, Grove City, Pa.) equipped with a 200 kg load cell. The sample width was 1 inch, the gauge length was 1 inch and the cross head speed was 25 mm/minute. Longitudinal tensile test measurements were taken in the length direction of the material and transverse tensile test measurements were taken in the direction orthogonal to the length direction.
- A distal eyelet was formed by first obtaining a length of 10% platinum drawn filled nitinol wire (Fort Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with a diameter of about 0.23 mm. This wire was labeled “first wire”. A free end of the first wire was doubled on itself to create an open-ended loop and the open-ended loop was inserted into the button. The button was then inserted onto the keyed center pin. The button was shaped to have an opening through the center to accommodate the keyed center pin and to have features that allow it to rest securely in the winding jig. The keyed center pin (major axis of about 0.51 mm and minor axis of about 0.25 mm and length of about 10.16 mm) was then inserted in the center of a winding jig. The keyed center pin was fabricated from high strength steel (Super Cobalt HSS Tool Bit, MSC#56424278, Seco Fagersta). The steel was tempered per manufacturer's instructions at 1475° F. for one hour. The winding jig and button were fabricated in house from corrosion resistant tool steel.
- A second length of the same type of drawn filled nitinol wire was obtained and labeled “fifth wire”. The first, fifth and an additional three wires were tensioned by attaching weights to the wire ends. The first wire and the fifth wire were then wound around the free end of the first wire one full revolution. The three additional wires were introduced to the winding jig and all five wires were wound around the free end of the first wire to a height of about 1.98 mm.
- A distal disk was then formed by separating the five wires and securing them in radial grooves around the circumferential edge of the winding jig. A radius was formed with the dimensions of 15 mm. Each wire formed one petal of the distal disk. The radius on the curvature of the petals was maximized in order to minimize sharp bend angles in the wire.
- A center eyelet was formed by grouping the wires together and winding them around the free end of the first wire and the keyed center pin to a height of about 1.98 mm. The wires were then separated and secured in radial grooves around the circumferential edge of the winding jig, creating a proximal disk with a radius of 15 mm.
- A proximal eyelet was formed by again grouping the five wires and winding them around the free end of the first wire and the keyed center pin to a height of about 1.98 mm. The five wires were then separated and secured by placing a stainless steel plate on top of the wires and locking down the plate with screws. The free end of the first wire was then wound one revolution around a stainless steel pin with a diameter of about 3.18 mm and secured similarly to the other five wires.
- The jig with sealing device was then removed from the stabilizing fixture and placed in an oven (BlueM SPX Electric Forced Air Convection Oven), and the wires were thermally shape set as commonly known in the arts. The device and jig were then water quenched. The secured wires were released from the securing plate, and the device was chilled and removed from the jig and keyed center pin. The device was then placed on a piece of flattened PEEK (polyetherether ketone), and trimmed by hand to the outer diameter of the distal eyelet. The lock loop was trimmed by hand to a point just beyond one complete revolution and pulled through the proximal and center eyelets.
- The device was pushed from the PEEK mandrel onto a keyed stainless steel process mandrel with an oval cross section. The mandrel was produced from flattened stainless steel wire (Ft. Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with an oval cross-section to have a 45° clockwise twist between the proximal eyelet and the center eyelet and a second 45° clockwise twist between the center eyelet and the distal eyelet.
- The process mandrel and device were then placed in a stabilizing fixture, which was placed in a FEP powder coating machine (C-30, Electrostatic Technology, Inc., Bradford, Conn.) and processed until coated completely. Excess FEP powder was removed from the device. The FEP was vacuumed from the lock loop, process mandrel and bumper. The process mandrel and device were removed from the stabilizing fixture, placed into an oven and baked to set the FEP coating, as commonly known in the arts.
- A hollow core film mandrel (35.99 mm O.D. 76.2 cm long stainless steel) was obtained. Expanded polytetrafluoroethylene material with a slit width of 22.22 mm was obtained and loaded onto a spiral wrapping machine. The machine was manufactured in house to wrap PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene) material at any desired angle, tension and rate. The mandrel was loaded onto the wrapping machine and the material was wrapped three times around the circumference of the hollow core mandrel. The material was then wrapped around the mandrel at an angle of about 8° for the length of the mandrel. The direction of wrapping was reversed and the material over wrapped at the same angle. The third and fourth layers were wrapped in the same manner with the seams offset. The mandrel was removed from the wrapping machine, inserted in an oven and baked at 370° C. for 45 minutes. The wrapped mandrel was removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature. The resulting PTFE tube was removed from the mandrel.
- The PTFE tube was then cut to about 140 mm and hand stretched to a desired length of 155 mm. The PTFE tube was then pulled over the frame. The PTFE tube was then crimped onto the center eyelet and then crimped onto the distal and proximal eyelets.
- An expanded polytetrafluoroethylene with a thin layer of FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) material was then wrapped four times around the eyelets, starting with the center eyelet. The wrapped eyelets were tacked into place using a soldering iron. The PTFE tube was then heat set for 3 minutes at 320° C. and trimmed to the outer most points of the proximal and distal eyelets. The device was removed from the mandrel.
- A sealing device similar to
FIG. 6 was manufactured using the following components and assembly process. - Expanded polytetrafluoroethylene and expanded polytetrafluoroethylene with a thin layer of FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) materials similar to that described in Example 1 were obtained.
- A distal eyelet was formed by first obtaining a length of 10% platinum drawn filled nitinol wire (Fort Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with a diameter of about 0.23 mm. This wire was labeled “first wire”. A free end of the first wire was doubled on itself to create an open-ended loop, and the open-ended loop was inserted into the button. The button was then inserted onto the keyed center pin. The button was shaped to have an opening through the center to accommodate the keyed center pin and to have features that allow it to rest securely in the winding jig. The keyed center pin (major axis of about 5.79 mm and minor axis of about 0.25 mm and length of about 10.16 mm) was inserted in the center of a winding jig. The keyed center pin was fabricated from high strength steel (Super Cobalt HSS Tool Bit, MSC#56424278, Seco Fagersta). The winding jig and button were fabricated in house from corrosion resistant tool steel.
- A second length of the same type of drawn filled nitinol wire was obtained and labeled “fifth wire”. The first, fifth and an additional three wires were tensioned by attaching weights to the wire ends. The first wire and the fifth wire were then wound around the free end of the first wire one full revolution. The three additional wires were introduced to the winding jig, and all five wires were wound around the free end of the first wire to a height of about 1.98 mm.
- A device was then formed by separating the five wires and securing them in radial grooves around the circumferential edge of the winding jig. A radius was formed with the dimensions of 15 mm. Each wire made an entire revolution around the winding jig.
- A proximal eyelet was formed by grouping the five wires and winding them around the free end of the first wire and the keyed center pin to a height of about 1.981 mm. The five wires were then separated and secured by placing a stainless steel plate on top of the wires and locking down the plate with screws. The free end of the first wire was then wound one revolution around a stainless steel pin with a diameter of about 3.18 mm and secured similarly to the other five wires.
- The jig with sealing device was removed from the stabilizing fixture and placed in an oven (Blue M SPX Electric Forced Air Convection Oven), where the wires were partially thermally shape set as commonly known in the arts. The device and jig were then water quenched. The secured wires were released from the securing plate, and then the device was chilled and removed from the jig and keyed center pin. The lock loop was trimmed by hand to a point just beyond one complete revolution and pulled through the proximal and center eyelets.
- The device was pushed from the PEEK mandrel onto a keyed stainless steel transfer mandrel with an oval cross section. The mandrel was produced from flattened stainless steel wire (Ft. Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with an oval cross-section. The device was then partially removed from one end of the transfer mandrel. The removed device end was twisted approximately 180° clockwise and repositioned on the transfer mandrel. The device and transfer mandrel were placed in an oven (Blue M SPX Electric Forced Air Convection Oven), where the wires were thermally shape set as commonly known in the arts.
- The transfer mandrel and device were then placed in a stabilizing fixture, which was placed in a FEP powder coating machine (C-30, Electrostatic Technology, Inc., Bradford, Conn.) and processed until coated completely. Excess FEP powder was removed. FEP powder was vacuumed from the lock loop, process mandrel and bumper. The transfer mandrel and device were then removed from the stabilizing fixture, placed into an oven and baked to set the FEP coating, as commonly known in the arts.
- A hollow core film mandrel (35.99 mm O.D. 76.2 cm long stainless steel) was obtained. An ePTFE material with a slit width of 22.24 mm was obtained and loaded onto a spiral wrapping machine. The machine was manufactured in house to wrap ePTFE film at any desired angle, tension and rate. The mandrel was loaded onto the wrapping machine and the film was wrapped three times around the circumference of the hollow core mandrel. The ePTFE material was then wrapped around the mandrel at an angle of about 8° for the length of the mandrel. The direction of wrapping was reversed and the material over wrapped at the same angle. The third and fourth layers were wrapped in the same manner with the seams offset. The mandrel was removed from the wrapping machine, inserted in an oven and baked at 370° C. for 45 minutes. The wrapped mandrel was removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature. The resulting ePTFE tube was removed from the mandrel.
- The ePTFE tube was then cut to about 140 mm and hand stretched to a desired length of 155 mm. The ePTFE tube was then pulled over the frame. The ePTFE tube was then crimped onto the distal and proximal eyelets. An ePTFE with a thin layer of FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) material was then wrapped four times around the eyelets. The wrapped eyelets were tacked into place using a soldering iron. The ePTFE tube was then heat set for 3 minutes at 320° C. and trimmed to the outer most points of the proximal and distal eyelets. The device was then removed from the mandrel.
- A handle assembly similar to
FIG. 8 was manufactured using the following components and assembly process. - Components for the handle assembly were fabricated using an injection molding process. The parts were fabricated by Contour Plastics (Baldwin, WI) using Lustran® 348. This material was suitable for use in medical devices and has an advertised tensile strength of 48.2 MPa and a tensile modulus of 2.62 GPa. Nine parts were fabricated using this injection process and Lustran® 348. The parts included the second linear actuator, flushing gasket retainer, a first linear actuator, retrieval cord lock, mandrel control lever, left body housing, sizing insert, right body housing, and a lock release actuator.
- Other materials required for the assembly of the handle were purchased items. A catheter tube formed with a layup process commonly known in the arts was ordered (Teleflex Medical, Jaffrey, N.H.) with an I.D. of 0.048 mm and an O.D. of 0.33 mm and a platinum iridium marker band placed near the end of the distal tip. The main body of the catheter tube was Pebax® 7233 tube with PTFE liner and stainless steel braid (65 PPI) and the distal most 20.32 mm of the catheter tube was comprised of 6333 Pebax® (0.027 mm I.D. and an 0.033 mm O.D.) and a curve in the distal end (39.98 mm radius). A guidewire port formed by a laser was placed in the catheter tube proximal of the marker band. A flushing gasket or u-cup type gasket made of silicone (22.99 mm depth, I.D. tapered from 2.89 mm to 1.85 mm I.D. tapered from 6.71 mm to 7.75 mm) was procured from Apple Rubber of Lancaster, N.Y. A flushing port (Merit Medical, South Jordan, Utah) having an about six inch flexible pvc (polyvinyl chloride) tube with a 3.18 mm O.D. female luer connector was obtained. A quick set cyanoacrylate adhesive was supplied from in-house stock. Stainless steel hypotubes were ordered from Small Parts, Inc. (1.45 mm O.D., 1.30 mm I.D., length of 30.48 cm.). Slider rods (PTFE coated stainless steel hypotubes, 3.18 mm O.D., 1.65 mm I.D., length of 33.02 cm) were procured from Applied Plastics. Control springs (PTFE-coated stainless steel leaf springs, thickness 0.10 mm, minor flange length 5.33 mm, major flange length 10.11 mm, overall length 15.88 mm) were ordered from Incodema of Ithaca, N.Y.
- The remainder of the components were supplied from in house stock or manufactured in house. All triple lumen tubes were manufactured of Pebax® 7233 with 20% barium sulfate. Both triple lumen tubes had an O.D. (outer diameter) of 0.25 mm. One triple lumen tube had round lumens with two I.D.s (inner diameters) of 0.035 mm and one I.D. of 0.15 mm. One triple lumen tube had one lumen with an oval cross-section with two I.D.s of 0.036 mm and one I.D of 0.127×0.07 mm. Stainless steel PTFE coated (polytetrafluoroethylene) process mandrels were manufactured in house. One process mandrel had a cross-sectional shape that transitioned from round (O.D. of 0.16 mm) to oval (O.D. of 0.14×0.07 mm). PTFE covered stainless steel wire was procured from in house stock (O.D. 0.03 mm). Standard luer fittings were obtained from in house stock. A PEEK (polyetheretherketone) second tube extrusion was obtained from in house stock with an oval cross-section of 1.27×0.69 mm O.D.
- A first tube was made in the following manner. One triple lumen extruded tube with round lumens was obtained. Another triple lumen extruded tube was obtained with one lumen having an oval cross-section. A stainless steel processing mandrel was also obtained having a cross-sectional shape, which transitions from round (O.D. of 1.52 mm), to oval (O.D. of 1.39×0.81 mm). Both extruded tubes were loaded onto the mandrel, with the mandrel being inserted through the larger lumen on both tubes. Two small PTFE covered stainless steel wires were inserted through the smaller lumens of both extruded tubes. The mandrel and tubes were inserted into a RF (radio frequency) die (2.51 mm I.D., 4.45 mm length, fabricated from D2 tool steel). The junction of the two catheters was positioned in the center of the RF die. The RF die and mandrel was placed in the middle of an RF coil on an RF welding machine (Hot Shot I, Ameritherm Inc., Scottsville, N.Y.) and welded as commonly known in the art. When the components had ref lowed, pressure was applied to each end of the extruded tubes to meld the junction of the tubes. The die was then sprayed with compressed air to cool the die and to set the Pebax®. The extruded tube and die were removed from the RF machine, and the extruded tube was removed from the die. The process mandrel and wires were removed from the lumens of the extruded tube.
- A lubricious coating may be applied to the second tube. A silicone mold release spray (Nix Stix X-9032A, Dwight Products, Inc., Lyndhurst N.J.) may be sprayed onto about the distal 30 cm of the second tube and allowed to dry at ambient temperature under a fume hood.
- A third tube sub-assembly was made in the following manner. A catheter tube was bisected with a straight razor at approximately 6.35 cm from the proximal end of the catheter tube. A male and female in-line luer connector (Qosina, Edgewood, N.Y.) was obtained and drilled to an I.D. of 3.45 mm. U.V. (ultra-violet) cured adhesive (Loctite 3041) was applied to the bisected ends of the catheter tube and the drilled luer fittings were attached. The adhesive was cured per manufacturer's instructions and the luer fittings were screwed together.
- The second linear actuator sub-assembly was made in the following manner. The second linear actuator, flushing port, flushing gasket retainer and silicone flushing gasket were obtained. The flushing gasket was inserted into the back of the second linear actuator with the u portion of the flushing gasket facing distally. The flushing gasket retainer was fitted over the top inside the second linear actuator. Cyanoacrylate glue was applied around the gasket retainer to hold the gasket retainer in place. The flushing port was placed into an aperture in the second linear actuator and an U.V. cure adhesive was applied and cured according to manufactures instructions.
- A first tube was obtained and cyanoacrylate was applied to the outside surface of the round I.D. section of the catheter in a 2.54 cm band from the end. The catheter was then inserted into the distal end of the control shuttle until the catheter became flush with the back of the control shuttle. The catheter was oriented so that the two small lumens were horizontal and on the top portion of the round lumen. The retrieval cord lock was snapped onto the control shuttle.
- The second tube sub-assembly was manufactured in the following manner. A four inch piece of 0.033 mm diameter nitinol wire was inserted into the second tube extrusion. The second tube extrusion with wire insert was inserted into a hypotube. The distal end of the hypotube was crimped by hand three times.
- The distal end of the first tube was passed through the top of the mandrel control lever and through the top aperture on the distal end of the mandrel control lever. The distal end of the second tube was extended into the proximal end of the control catheter. The second tube was pushed into the first tube until about 4 in. of hypotube were protruding from the end of the control catheter. A cyanoacrylate adhesive was applied to the proximal end of the hypotube over about a 12.7 mm section. This section was inserted into the top aperture in the proximal end of the mandrel control lever until flush with the back of the mandrel control lever. The distal end of the first tube was then extended into the proximal end of the second linear actuator. The second linear actuator was moved to the back most position on the control catheter.
- A sizing insert was then fitted into a left body shell. The sizing insert was oriented so that the groove in the sizing insert fit over the ridge in the left shell. The catheter sub assembly was placed into the left body shell so that the mandrel control lever fit into the sizing insert and the second linear actuator fit into the slot in the distal end of the left body shell. A slider rod was inserted through the openings in the sizing insert, mandrel control lever, control shuttle and the second linear actuator. The slider rod was made to rest on two supports in the left body shell. The control spring was inserted into the right body shell so that it fit into the opposing teeth. The right body shell was then placed onto the left body shell and the two were snapped together. Two screws (#4-24×½ in. thread-forming Pan Head) were inserted into the available apertures on the left body shell and tightened. The lock release actuator was snapped into place on the right tab of the second linear actuator with a drop of cyanoacrylate adhesive to ensure that it remained attached.
- The second linear actuator, control shuttle, and the mandrel control lever were moved to their forward most positions. The second linear actuator was pulled back and then returned to its forward position. The distal end of the first tube was trimmed by hand with a razor blade to 1.27 mm measured from the tip of the third tube. The sizing insert was pushed forward. The second tube was trimmed by hand using a razor blade to a length of about 0.76 mm measured from the distal most end of the control catheter. An about 4 inch long piece of nitinol wire (0.30 mm diameter) was obtained. A cyanoacrylate adhesive was applied into the tip of the second tube with an elongated applicator tip. The nitinol wire was inserted into the tip of the locking and another piece of wire was used to insert the nitinol wire about 2 mm into the second tube. The cyanoacrylate adhesive was allowed to cure.
- The second linear actuator was pulled back and a slot was punched out of the control catheter. The slot had a width that was about the same width as the small axis of the oval lumen of the catheter. A razor was used to skive the slot to a final length of about 19.05 mm. The second linear actuator and the sizing insert were then moved to a forward position.
- A retrieval cord approximately 3.05 m long (PTFE fiber with a 0.25 mm O.D.) and a 1.52 m (0.15 mm O.D.) nitinol wire were obtained. The nitinol wire was inserted into one of the 0.04 mm lumens in the first tube and pushed through until it came out into the handle. Tweezers were used to grasp the wire and pull it out of the slot in the handle. About 76.2 mm of wire were made to protrude from the distal end of the control catheter. A loop was formed in the wire by inserting the loose end into the same lumen at the distal end of the control catheter. About 76.2 mm of retrieval cord was then passed through the resulting loop. The nitinol wire was pulled through the catheter until the retrieval cord protruded into the handle.
- A sealing device was obtained. A needle of a type commonly used for sewing was threaded with the retrieval cord and the needle was inserted through the PTFE bag opposite the lock loop and through the lumen of the proximal eyelet of the sealing device. The nitinol wire was then passed through the remaining unoccupied 0.04mm lumen in the first tube with the loop end of the wire pointing distally. The needle was removed from the retrieval cord and the cord was threaded through the loop on the nitinol wire. The retrieval cord was then pulled through the catheter in the manner described previously.
- The control shuttle was retracted approximately 12.7 mm. The second tube was then extended through the eyelets of the device. Tweezers were used to grasp the retrieval cord and pull into the outside of the handle. A loop was formed in a portion of small diameter nitinol wire. The loop was inserted through an aperture in the distal portion of the top of the control shuttle. The retrieval cord was threaded through this loop and pulled through the aperture in the distal portion of the control shuttle. The retrieval cord lock was removed from the control shuttle and one free end of the retrieval cord was inserted through the aperture in the retrieval cord lock from the bottom. Four over hand knots were tied in the cord. Excess cord was trimmed by hand and the retrieval cord lock was returned to the control shuttle.
- The remaining free retrieval cord was pulled until all slack was gone. The remaining free end of the retrieval cord was inserted into an aperture in the front of the top of the control shuttle. The retrieval cord was pulled until taught and the retrieval cord lock was snapped closed. The cord was trimmed by hand to about 20.32 cm.
- The second tube was flared by obtaining a soldering iron with a sharp tip and heating it to about 500° F. The tip of the iron was inserted into the second tube until a flare was created that was approximately 1.39 mm in diameter. The locking loop on the device was chilled.
- A length of 0.23 mm diameter nitinol wire (Fort Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) was obtained. The specific length of the wire was not measured, it is only necessary that the wire be long enough to double through the feed holes described in the following paragraph. The wire was obtained having been electro polished.
- A
base jig 8 as described inFIG. 17 was obtained. The base jig was secured in a chuck of a lathe andcenter pin 22 was inserted intocenter pin hole 24 far enough to securely seat it. A knot was tied into one end of one length of a length of nitinol wire and the unknotted end was fed through awire feed hole 10. Two additional lengths of nitinol wire were folded in half and the free ends were fed through the remaining fourfeed holes Weights 20 were attached to the free ends of the five wires to hold the wires taut and in place. - The other end of
center pin 22 was located inside thecenter hole 28 oftail stock support 26, which was chucked into the tail stock, wherein theclosed face 30 of thetail stock support 26 faced thebase jig 8. Thebase jig 8 andtail stock support 26 were positioned about 5 cm apart. Awire guide 34 was used to prevent the wires from crossing. Thebase jig 8 was positioned so that the wire feed holes 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 were oriented vertically above thecenter pin 22 and the wires were positioned on the trailing side of thecenter pin 22. The wires were wrapped twice around thecenter pin 22 and left to hang parallel to the wire feed holes. - The
petal jig hole 36 was rotated 720°. Thepetal jig 38 was inserted into thepetal jig hole 36. Without crossing the wires, the wires were wrapped counter clockwise around thepetal jig 38 past thetear drop pin 39 and around the circumference of thetear drop pin 39. The wires were wrapped around the outer circumference of thepetal jig 38 to bring the wire between thepetal jig 38 and thecenter pin 22. They were then wrapped around thecenter pin 22 twice. - The wires were placed under
anchor plate 11. Theanchor plate 11 was secured with Allen head screws 14. The wires were cut on theweight 20 side of theanchor plate 11. - With the
weights 20, thetail stock support 26, and thewire guide 34 removed, the assembly was placed in a convection oven set to 475° C. for 14 minutes. The assembly was removed from the oven and quenched in water. The jigs were disassembled and the article was removed. - The wire ends were trimmed to the eyelets and the petals were fanned in the same direction as the helical winding, such that each petal was oriented 72° relative to the adjacent petal.
- The article was powder coated with FEP powder (obtained from in house stock) in the following manner. A 2 mm outer diameter steel hollow mandrel was obtained of sufficient length to hold the article and have remaining length to extend into the commercial blender. The mandrel was inserted into the center hole of the article. One end the mandrel was grounded. A commercial blender (Variable Speed Lab Blender, Waring, Torrington, Conn.) was obtained and a quantity of FEP powder was added, leaving the tip of the blender blades exposed. The article and mandrel were suspended in the center of the blender, the lid was replaced, and the blender was turned on to the highest setting for about 5 seconds. The article and mandrel were removed, the mandrel was tapped to achieve a more uniform powder coating, the powder coating was vacuumed from the mandrel and the article and mandrel were then hung inside a convection oven set to 320° C. for 3 minutes. The article and mandrel were removed from the oven, allowed to cool, and excess FEP was removed from the article, the mandrel was removed.
- In a separate process, a lock loop 43 (illustrated in
FIG. 18A ) was manufactured. Thelock loop 43 was inserted through a hypotube 45 (smaller than the ID of the eyelets) with the loopedend 47 of thelock loop 43 straightened. Thehypotube 45 was inserted through the eyelets from the distal end untillock loop eyelet 49 is situated over thedistal eyelet 608 of the device. The hypotube was removed. - A crimped mandrel 41 (shown in
FIG. 18B and 18C ) was inserted into the article through the eyelets with thelock loop 43 along the outer length of themandrel 41. The article was extended in length on the mandrel by grasping the proximal and center eyelets with tweezers. The eyelets were fixed in place by positioning them beyond the crimps in the mandrel. - Next, a porous ePTFE film having the following properties was obtained:
- Methanol bubble point of 0.7 psi
- Mass/area of 2.43 grams/square meter
- Longitudinal matrix tensile strength of 96000 psi
- Matrix tensile strength in the orthogonal direction of 1433 psi
- Longitudinal maximum load of 1.6 kg/inch
- Thickness of 0.00889 mm
- Methanol bubble point is measured using a custom built machine with a 1 inch diameter foot, a ramp rate of 0.2 psi/second and a liquid media of methanol. Length and width of the material are measured using a metal ruler. Mass/area is measured using a balance (Model GF-400 Top Loader Balance, ANG, San Jose Calif.) with a 36×5 inch sample. Longitudinal maximum load is measured using a materials test machine (Model 5564, Instron, Grove City, Pa.) equipped with a 10 kg load cell. The gauge length is 2.54 cm and the cross head speed is 25 mm/minute. Sample width is 2.54 cm. Longitudinal tensile test measurements are taken in the length direction of the material. Thickness is measured using a thickness gauge (Mitutoyo Digital Indicator 547-400) with a foot diameter of ¼ inch. The longitudinal matrix tensile strengths (MTS) are calculated using the following equation: Density is calculated using the formula, density=mass/volume as described in a previous example.
- A 30 mm film tube is constructed from the ePTFE material in the following manner. For a 25 mm diameter device, a film with a slit width of about 1.905 cm is wound on a 30 mm OD mandrel. The amount of film overlap is not critical but no overlap of the edges is unacceptable. The film tube is then removed from the mandrel and stretched to make the ID of the tube to be about 25 mm. The film tube was slipped over the tensioned article and using ePTFE film, the ends of the tube were cinched around the center of the device then the eyelets.
- Another porous ePTFE film, having a layer of FEP, was obtained having the following properties:
- Mass/area of 36.1 grams/square meter
- Maximum Load, Longitudinal of 12.6 kg/inch
- Maximum Load, Transverse of 0.3 kg/inch
- Thickness of 0.030 mm
- Test methods for the above tests are described previously. The FEP thickness in the film is about 62.5%. FEP thickness (%) is calculated as ratio of the FEP thickness and the film thickness. The reported value represents the average measurements for five samples. FEP thickness and film thickness is measured from scanning electron microscope images of cross sections of the ePTFE/FEP laminate material in the following manner. The magnification is chosen to enable the viewing of the entire film thickness. Five lines perpendicular to the horizontal edge of the image are randomly drawn across the full thickness of the film. Thickness is determined by measuring the thickness of the FEP and the thickness of the film.
- A 2 mm wide strip of this FEP-coated ePTFE film, with the FEP side down, was wrapped four times around the cinched portions and heated with a soldering iron to bond the film layers together.
- The article and mandrel were placed inside a convection oven set to 320° C. for 3 minutes and then removed and allowed to cool. The excess ePTFE material was trimmed and the article removed from the mandrel.
- An article was constructed in the same manner as example 1 with the following exceptions:
- Instead of using
petal jig 38, self centering petal jig 39 (FIG. 19 ) was used whereinjig 39 was placed over thecenter pin 22 andtail stock support 26 was introduced prior to wrapping the first eyelet. After wrapping the first eyelet, self centeringpetal jig 39 was inserted intopetal jig hole 36. The wire was wrapped around the perimeter ofpetal jig 39 to form petals, and wrapping was continued aroundcenter pin 22 to create a second eyelet. A fully extended final article of this example is shown inFIGS. 20A and B. - An additional article 32 shown in
FIG. 21 was constructed using two intermediate (i.e., not powder coated) articles (one inner and one outer) of example 5, wherein the intermediate articles were wrapped in opposite directions. Additionally the inner intermediate article was manufactured such that the eyelets of the inner intermediate article would fit within the eyelets of the outer intermediate article. Prior to FEP coat, the inner and outer intermediate articles were nested using the following method: - In order to achieve nesting of the two intermediate articles, the distal eyelets and the proximal eyelets must be nested. Inner intermediate article was positioned at the end of a straight, circular mandrel. One eyelet of the outer intermediate article was positioned over an eyelet of the inner intermediate article and both intermediate articles were repositioned to the other end of the mandrel. The remaining eyelet of the outer intermediate article was positioned over the remaining eyelet of the inner intermediate article. They were arranged such that the overlapping wires were equally spaced (about 72° apart) thereby creating a frame. The frame was subsequently FEP coated and covered with an ePTFE bag in order to create the final article.
- With the following exceptions, an article similar to that as described in example 1 was created: A
similar jig 50 illustrated inFIG. 22B as previously described in example 1 was obtained. The petal jigs 52 andwaist jig 54 were positioned as shown inFIG. 22B . The wire wrapping process is shown in thewire path 56 depicted inFIG. 22B , wherein the wire starts at anchor points 57 and ends at eyelet pin 58 (not shown) that is inserted intoeyelet pin hole 59. The wire is wrapped 720° around the eyelet pin at the start of the device wrapping and at the finish of the device wrapping. The fully extendedfinal article 51 of this example is shown inFIG. 22A . - An additional article (
FIGS. 23A and 23B ) was constructed using two intermediate (i.e., not powder coated) articles (one inner and one outer) of example 7 wherein, the intermediate articles were wrapped in opposite directions. Additionally the inner intermediate article was manufactured such that the eyelets of the inner intermediate article would fit within the eyelets of the outer intermediate article. - Prior to FEP coat, the inner and outer intermediate articles were nested using the following method:
- In order to achieve nesting of the two intermediate articles, the distal eyelets and the proximal eyelets must be nested. Inner intermediate article was positioned at the end of a straight, circular mandrel. One eyelet of the outer intermediate article was positioned over an eyelet of the inner intermediate article and both intermediate articles were repositioned to the other end of the mandrel. The remaining eyelet of the outer intermediate article was positioned over the remaining eyelet of the inner intermediate article. They were arranged such that the overlapping wires were equally spaced (about 72° apart) thereby creating a frame. The frame was subsequently FEP coated and covered with an ePTFE bag in order to create the final article.
- Wire was obtained as described in the previous examples. A lock loop base jig 60 (
FIG. 24A ) withcenter pin 22 was placed in custom stand as a manufacturing aid. Abutton component 62 configured such that the inner lumen is not round but is keyed to keep from rotating on center pin was obtained. The wire was formed into a loop and the loop was inserted through the lumen of thebutton 62. The button with wire loop was engaged ontocenter pin 22 with loop toward the opposite side of center pin as the keyed portion of the inner lumen of the button component. The keyed portion of thebutton component 62 was situated to the right of the lockloop base jig 60. A wire was chosen and bent toward the builder then wrapped 360° around thebutton component 62, then wrapped around thecenter pin 22 for a minimum of four revolutions and tied off after the fourth revolution. The wire wraps should be spaced apart approximately 1 mm. Loop forming tool 64 (FIG. 24B ) was inserted in lockloop base jig 200 against thecenter pin 22. The free wire was wound about 370° aroundshaft 66 ofloop forming tool 64 and then wrapped around thepin 68 on theloop forming tool 64 and anchored onto the lockloop base jig 60. Thebase jig 60 andloop forming tool 64 were removed from the stand and placed in an oven. The entire assembly was heated in an oven such as described previously for 14 min. at 475° C. The lock loop was removed from thejig 60 andloop forming tool 64 and the excess wire was trimmed. - The following embodiments teach a heat set for the device described in Example 7 prior to the application of the cover, hereinafter called the frame of Example 7.
- The frame of Example 7 was placed over about a 2 mm mandrel. The
mandrel 72 was crimped on both sides if the article in order to secure it from moving. The frame was then placed on thetubular cylinder 70 described inFIG. 25A , such that the frame outer perimeter rested on the upper edge ofcylinder 70.Cap 74 was then placed over the frame andcylinder 70 as shown inFIG. 25B and secured in place viaset screw 76. The entire assembly was then placed in a forced air oven set to 475° C. for 14 minutes. The assembly was removed from the oven and quenched in room temperature water. Theframe 78 was subsequently FEP powder coated as described in Example 2. - The following embodiments teach an anchor means for the device described Example 10.
- (a) An
anchor component 80 as shown inFIG. 26A was created by the method as generally shown inFIG. 26B . Thewire 82 of each of the petals was cut atlocation 84 thereby eliminating theremainder 86 of the length of the loop, resulting inanchor 80.Anchor component 80 was next affixed to frame 78 as generally shown inFIG. 26C . Thespokes 82 ofanchor 80 were aligned with the wires offrame 78. A tape made from ePTFE film with a thin layer of FEP was wrapped 88 around thewires 82 and the wires offrame 78 and then heated to bond the wires together as shown inFIG. 27 . - The article was powder coated with FEP powder as previously described. The
frame 78 was covered as previously described, after whichwires 82 were individually manipulated to protrude through the sealingmember 106 as shown inFIG. 28 . - (b) In another embodiment, the
anchor component 80 of Example 11 (a) was further modified as follows.Jig 90 andwasher 92, as shown inFIGS. 29A and 29B, respectively, were obtained. Theanchor component 80 was inserted, eyelet down, intojig 90, such that eyelet of 80 was located insidehole 91 and thewires 82 were located insidegrooves 95 ofjig 90.Washer 92 was placed on top ofanchor component 80 to hold it in place and thewasher 92 was secured withscrew 323 inhole 94, as shown inFIGS. 29A-29C , which caused the points of thewire 82 to orient toward the face of the washer. - (c) In another embodiment, the anchor component 80 (shown in
FIG. 30 ) is manufactured as follows: - An about 1 meter length of 10% platinum drawn filled nitinol wire (Fort Wayne Metals, Fort Wayne, Ind.) with a diameter of about 0.23 mm is obtained. The specific length of the wire is not measured, it is only necessary that the wire be long enough to complete the winding pattern as described in the following paragraph. The wire is obtained having been electropolished. Electropolishing nitinol wire imparts certain well known properties, such as spontaneously forming a titanium dioxide layer on the surface, selectively reducing the amount of nickel on the surface of the wire, and removing some of the stresses in the wire, thus improving fatigue.
- A
base jig 8 as described inFIG. 17 is obtained. A knot is tied into one end of one length of an about 0.5 meter long wire and the unknotted end is fed through awire feed hole 10. Two additional lengths of wire (about 1meter each) are folded in half and the free ends are fed through the remaining fourfeed holes holes jig 8.Weights 20 are attached to the free ends of the five wires to hold the wires taut and in place. The base jig is secured in a chuck of a lathe andcenter pin 22 is inserted intocenter pin hole 24 far enough to securely seat it. - The other end of
center pin 22 is located inside thecenter hole 28 oftail stock support 26 which is chucked into the tail stock, wherein theclosed face 30 of thetail stock support 26 faces thebase jig 8. Thebase jig 8 andtail stock support 26 are positioned about 5 cm apart. Awire guide 34 is used to prevent the wires from crossing. Thebase jig 8 is positioned so that the wire feed holes 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 are oriented vertically above thecenter pin 22 and the wires are positioned on the trailing side of thecenter pin 22. - The
petal jig hole 36 is rotated 720°. Thepetal jig 38 is inserted into thepetal jig hole 36. Without crossing the wires, the wires are placed on top of thepetal jig 38. Thebase jig 8 is rotated 360° to create the petals of the device. Thebase jig 8 is rotated another 720° with the wires placed on top of thecenter pin 22. - With the
weights 20, thetail stock support 26, and thewire guide 34 removed, the assembly is placed in a convection oven set to 475° C. for 14 minutes. The assembly is removed from the oven and quenched in water. The jigs are disassembled and the article is removed. The wire ends are trimmed to the eyelets and the anchor loops are fanned in the same direction as the helical winding, such that each anchor loop is oriented 72° offset relative to the adjacent anchor loops. The anchor loops are crimped at the center by hand and heat set again as previously described. - (d) In another embodiment, anchor components are manufactured by clipping about 2 cm straight lengths of nitinol wire 71. A tape made from ePTFE film with a thin layer of FEP is wrapped 88 around the wires 71 and the wires of
frame 78 and then heated to bond the wires together as shown inFIG. 31 . - A device as previously described in Example 10 with anchors as described in example 11(d) is manufactured by attaching the anchors at multiple locations along the wires of
frame 78. - In addition to being directed to the teachings described above and claimed below, devices and/or methods having different combinations of the features described above and claimed below are contemplated. As such, the description is also directed to other devices and/or methods having any other possible combination of the dependent features claimed below.
- Numerous characteristics and advantages have been set forth in the preceding description, including various alternatives together with details of the structure and function of the devices and/or methods. The disclosure is intended as illustrative only and as such is not intended to be exhaustive. It will be evident to those skilled in the art that various modifications may be made, especially in matters of structure, materials, elements, components, shape, size and arrangement of parts including combinations within the principles of the invention, to the full extent indicated by the broad, general meaning of the terms in which the appended claims are expressed. To the extent that these various modifications do not depart from the spirit and scope of the appended claims, they are intended to be encompassed therein.
Claims (13)
1. A medical device comprising:
a sealing member;
a delivery system coupled to the sealing member, the delivery system operable to deliver and deploy the sealing member, the delivery system including:
a first and second elongate members including a first end and a second end, the sealing member releasably coupled at the first end;
a third elongate member including a lumen, the first and second tubes at least partially positioned within the lumen of the third elongate member, the third elongate member operable to constrain the sealing member when the sealing member is positioned within an elongate member;
a handle, wherein the first, second, and third elongate members extending from the handle, the handle including:
a housing defining a slot extending along at least a portion of a longitudinal length of the housing;
a first linear actuator positioned within the slot of the handle; and
a mandrel control lever operable to rotate when the first linear actuator is linearly translated.
2. The medical device of claim 1 , further comprising a slider rod, wherein the mandrel control lever is operable to rotate about the slider rod.
3. The medical device of claim 2 , further comprising a sizing insert positioned in the housing and including a first notch, wherein linear translation of the first linear actuator is operable to move the first linear actuator free of the first notch in the sizing insert and limits proximal or distal translation of the second elongate member.
4. The medical device of claim 3 , wherein the sizing insert includes a second notch, a distance between the first notch and the second notch being about a length of the sealing member.
5. The medical device of claim 1 , wherein the delivery system further includes a spring, the first linear actuator positioned within the slot in the handle against the spring.
6. The medical device of claim 1 , wherein the delivery system further includes a second linear actuator positioned in a second slot of the housing and operable to move the third tube when translated linearly.
7. The medical device of claim 6 , further comprising a sizing insert positioned in the housing, the second linear actuator operable to move the mandrel control lever, the sizing insert, and second tube.
8. The medical device of 7, wherein the handle further includes a lock release actuator coupled to the second linear actuator and operable to release the second linear actuator from a locked condition to an unlocked condition.
9. The medical device of claim 1 , further comprising a retrieval cord operable to be secured to the first linear actuator.
10. The medical device of claim 9 , wherein the first linear actuator includes recessed teeth formed in a top portion of the first linear actuator, the recessed teeth operable to secure the retrieval cord.
11. The medical device of claim 9 , wherein first linear actuator includes a retrieval cord locking ring operable to secure the retrieval cord.
12. The medical device of claim 10 , wherein the handle further includes a thumb wheel positioned on the housing and operable to rotate and wind the retrieval cord around a portion of the thumb wheel.
13. The medical device of claim 12 , wherein the portion of the thumb wheel about which the retrieval cord is operable to be wound includes a retrieval cord groove.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/590,972 US20220151599A1 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2022-02-02 | Sealing device and delivery system |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201462009026P | 2014-06-06 | 2014-06-06 | |
US14/731,205 US9808230B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2015-06-04 | Sealing device and delivery system |
US15/791,678 US10368853B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2017-10-24 | Sealing device and delivery system |
US16/522,234 US11298116B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2019-07-25 | Sealing device and delivery system |
US17/590,972 US20220151599A1 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2022-02-02 | Sealing device and delivery system |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/522,234 Continuation US11298116B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2019-07-25 | Sealing device and delivery system |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220151599A1 true US20220151599A1 (en) | 2022-05-19 |
Family
ID=53487423
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/731,205 Active US9808230B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2015-06-04 | Sealing device and delivery system |
US15/791,678 Active 2035-08-29 US10368853B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2017-10-24 | Sealing device and delivery system |
US16/522,234 Active 2036-01-19 US11298116B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2019-07-25 | Sealing device and delivery system |
US17/590,972 Pending US20220151599A1 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2022-02-02 | Sealing device and delivery system |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/731,205 Active US9808230B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2015-06-04 | Sealing device and delivery system |
US15/791,678 Active 2035-08-29 US10368853B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2017-10-24 | Sealing device and delivery system |
US16/522,234 Active 2036-01-19 US11298116B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2019-07-25 | Sealing device and delivery system |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US9808230B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP3597114A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP6470316B2 (en) |
CN (2) | CN106659489B (en) |
AU (1) | AU2015269261B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112016028643A2 (en) |
CA (3) | CA3053118C (en) |
ES (1) | ES2757624T3 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015188087A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US12059140B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2024-08-13 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Septal closure device with centering mechanism |
US12082795B2 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2024-09-10 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
Families Citing this family (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9861346B2 (en) | 2003-07-14 | 2018-01-09 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (PFO) closure device with linearly elongating petals |
US8956389B2 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2015-02-17 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
EP4119095A1 (en) | 2011-03-21 | 2023-01-18 | Cephea Valve Technologies, Inc. | Disk-based valve apparatus |
US10828019B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2020-11-10 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
US9808230B2 (en) * | 2014-06-06 | 2017-11-07 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
CN108024838B (en) * | 2016-02-12 | 2021-10-01 | 直观外科手术操作公司 | System and method for using registered fluoroscopic images in image-guided surgery |
EP3600068B1 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2024-01-24 | Microvention, Inc. | Devices for embolization of body structures |
CN108685599B (en) * | 2017-04-06 | 2020-07-17 | 先健科技(深圳)有限公司 | Plugging device and plugging device |
US20210346848A1 (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2021-11-11 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Unsintered Expanded Polytetrafluoroethylene Composite Membranes Having Dimensional Stability |
US11759189B2 (en) * | 2018-12-12 | 2023-09-19 | Lap Iq, Inc. | Implantable tissue scaffold |
CN109673628A (en) * | 2018-12-28 | 2019-04-26 | 王龙健 | Biological sample save set |
JP2023510432A (en) * | 2020-01-14 | 2023-03-13 | スクワッドラ ライフサイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド | Medical implantable atrial septal defect occlusion device |
JP7483017B2 (en) * | 2020-01-24 | 2024-05-14 | パッチクランプ メドテック, インコーポレイテッド | Tissue repair and sealing device having a removable implant and fastener assembly and method for using same - Patents.com |
CN116269547B (en) * | 2023-05-23 | 2023-08-15 | 杭州德诺电生理医疗科技有限公司 | Plugging device and plugging system |
Family Cites Families (577)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US283653A (en) | 1883-08-21 | Edwabd j | ||
DE1445746A1 (en) | 1964-01-04 | 1969-03-20 | Bayer Ag | Process for the production of asymmetrical thiol or thionothiolphosphoric acid esters |
US3447533A (en) | 1964-09-14 | 1969-06-03 | Richard J Spicer | Closure means for artificial body openings |
US3324518A (en) | 1965-10-20 | 1967-06-13 | John F Keese | Circular clothespin |
US3739770A (en) | 1970-10-09 | 1973-06-19 | Olympus Optical Co | Bendable tube of an endoscope |
US3939849A (en) | 1970-11-18 | 1976-02-24 | Monsanto Chemicals Limited | Filter elements |
US3784388A (en) | 1971-08-02 | 1974-01-08 | Norton Co | Wear resistant aluminous ceramic articles |
FR2201911B1 (en) | 1972-07-20 | 1974-12-27 | Rhone Poulenc Sa | |
US3874388A (en) | 1973-02-12 | 1975-04-01 | Ochsner Med Found Alton | Shunt defect closure system |
US3875648A (en) | 1973-04-04 | 1975-04-08 | Dennison Mfg Co | Fastener attachment apparatus and method |
US3824631A (en) | 1973-05-11 | 1974-07-23 | Sampson Corp | Bone joint fusion prosthesis |
US3924631A (en) | 1973-12-06 | 1975-12-09 | Altair Inc | Magnetic clamp |
US4006747A (en) | 1975-04-23 | 1977-02-08 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical method |
US4007743A (en) | 1975-10-20 | 1977-02-15 | American Hospital Supply Corporation | Opening mechanism for umbrella-like intravascular shunt defect closure device |
US4038365A (en) | 1975-12-03 | 1977-07-26 | Basf Wyandotte Corporation | Removal of low level hardness impurities from brine feed to chlorine cells |
CH598398A5 (en) | 1976-07-21 | 1978-04-28 | Jura Elektroapparate Fab | |
GB1538810A (en) | 1976-08-10 | 1979-01-24 | Sumitomo Electric Industries | Hydrophilic porous fluorocarbon structures and process for their production |
GB1537448A (en) | 1976-08-20 | 1978-12-29 | Sumitomo Electric Industries | Vascular prostheses and process for production thereof |
US4766898A (en) | 1980-10-20 | 1988-08-30 | American Cyanamid Company | Anastomotic device |
US4425908A (en) | 1981-10-22 | 1984-01-17 | Beth Israel Hospital | Blood clot filter |
US5669936A (en) | 1983-12-09 | 1997-09-23 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Endovascular grafting system and method for use therewith |
US4525374A (en) | 1984-02-27 | 1985-06-25 | Manresa, Inc. | Treating hydrophobic filters to render them hydrophilic |
DK151404C (en) | 1984-05-23 | 1988-07-18 | Cook Europ Aps William | FULLY FILTER FOR IMPLANTATION IN A PATIENT'S BLOOD |
US5124109A (en) | 1984-07-18 | 1992-06-23 | Contech Construction Products Inc. | Method for producing a double wall pipe |
JPS6171065A (en) | 1984-09-13 | 1986-04-11 | テルモ株式会社 | Catheter introducer |
US4696300A (en) | 1985-04-11 | 1987-09-29 | Dennison Manufacturing Company | Fastener for joining materials |
SU1377052A1 (en) | 1985-04-17 | 1988-02-28 | Всесоюзный онкологический научный центр | Arrangement for connecting hollow organs |
US4710181A (en) | 1985-06-11 | 1987-12-01 | Genus Catheter Technologies, Inc. | Variable diameter catheter |
US4738666A (en) | 1985-06-11 | 1988-04-19 | Genus Catheter Technologies, Inc. | Variable diameter catheter |
US4626245A (en) | 1985-08-30 | 1986-12-02 | Cordis Corporation | Hemostatis valve comprising an elastomeric partition having opposed intersecting slits |
US4710192A (en) | 1985-12-30 | 1987-12-01 | Liotta Domingo S | Diaphragm and method for occlusion of the descending thoracic aorta |
US4665918A (en) | 1986-01-06 | 1987-05-19 | Garza Gilbert A | Prosthesis system and method |
US4693249A (en) | 1986-01-10 | 1987-09-15 | Schenck Robert R | Anastomosis device and method |
DE3774781D1 (en) | 1986-07-16 | 1992-01-09 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | RUBBER BLEND. |
US4796612A (en) | 1986-08-06 | 1989-01-10 | Reese Hewitt W | Bone clamp and method |
US4917793A (en) | 1986-12-04 | 1990-04-17 | Pitt Aldo M | Transparent porous membrane having hydrophilic surface and process |
US5478353A (en) | 1987-05-14 | 1995-12-26 | Yoon; Inbae | Suture tie device system and method for suturing anatomical tissue proximate an opening |
US5245023A (en) | 1987-06-29 | 1993-09-14 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Method for producing novel polyester biopolymers |
US5250430A (en) | 1987-06-29 | 1993-10-05 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Polyhydroxyalkanoate polymerase |
US4836204A (en) | 1987-07-06 | 1989-06-06 | Landymore Roderick W | Method for effecting closure of a perforation in the septum of the heart |
US4921479A (en) | 1987-10-02 | 1990-05-01 | Joseph Grayzel | Catheter sheath with longitudinal seam |
US4840623A (en) | 1988-02-01 | 1989-06-20 | Fbk International Corporation | Medical catheter with splined internal wall |
IT1216042B (en) | 1988-03-09 | 1990-02-22 | Carlo Rebuffat | AUTOMATIC TOOL FOR TOBACCO BAG SUTURES FOR SURGICAL USE. |
US4832055A (en) | 1988-07-08 | 1989-05-23 | Palestrant Aubrey M | Mechanically locking blood clot filter |
US4956178A (en) | 1988-07-11 | 1990-09-11 | Purdue Research Foundation | Tissue graft composition |
US4902508A (en) | 1988-07-11 | 1990-02-20 | Purdue Research Foundation | Tissue graft composition |
US4917089A (en) | 1988-08-29 | 1990-04-17 | Sideris Eleftherios B | Buttoned device for the transvenous occlusion of intracardiac defects |
FR2641692A1 (en) | 1989-01-17 | 1990-07-20 | Nippon Zeon Co | Plug for closing an opening for a medical application, and device for the closure plug making use thereof |
US5245080A (en) | 1989-02-20 | 1993-09-14 | Jouveinal Sa | (+)-1-[(3,4,5-trimethoxy)-benzyloxymethyl]-1-phenyl-N,N-dimethyl-N-propylamine, process for preparing it and its therapeutical use |
US5620461A (en) | 1989-05-29 | 1997-04-15 | Muijs Van De Moer; Wouter M. | Sealing device |
US5049131A (en) | 1989-05-31 | 1991-09-17 | Ashridge Ag | Balloon catheter |
GB8915974D0 (en) | 1989-07-12 | 1989-08-31 | Gore W L & Ass Uk | Hydrophilic semi-permeable ptfe membranes and their manufacture |
US5486183A (en) | 1990-10-09 | 1996-01-23 | Raychem Corporation | Device or apparatus for manipulating matter |
US5571169A (en) | 1993-06-07 | 1996-11-05 | Endovascular Instruments, Inc. | Anti-stenotic method and product for occluded and partially occluded arteries |
US5622188A (en) | 1989-08-18 | 1997-04-22 | Endovascular Instruments, Inc. | Method of restoring reduced or absent blood flow capacity in an artery |
US5149327A (en) | 1989-09-05 | 1992-09-22 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Medical valve, catheter with valve, and catheter assembly |
US5163131A (en) | 1989-09-08 | 1992-11-10 | Auspex Systems, Inc. | Parallel i/o network file server architecture |
US5226879A (en) | 1990-03-01 | 1993-07-13 | William D. Ensminger | Implantable access device |
US5453099A (en) | 1990-03-26 | 1995-09-26 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Catheter tubing of controlled in vivo softening |
ATE107150T1 (en) | 1990-04-02 | 1994-07-15 | Kanji Inoue | DEVICE FOR CLOSING A SHUTTLE OPENING BY A NON-OPERATIONAL METHOD. |
US5090422A (en) | 1990-04-19 | 1992-02-25 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Implantable electrode pouch |
US5078736A (en) | 1990-05-04 | 1992-01-07 | Interventional Thermodynamics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for maintaining patency in the body passages |
US5021059A (en) | 1990-05-07 | 1991-06-04 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Plug device with pulley for sealing punctures in tissue and methods of use |
DE10128917C1 (en) | 2001-06-15 | 2002-10-24 | Aesculap Ag & Co Kg | Surgical implant for fixing bone plates for repair of broken bone has two discs with crenellated edges, interengaging toothed projections and holes for fastening cord |
US5037433A (en) | 1990-05-17 | 1991-08-06 | Wilk Peter J | Endoscopic suturing device and related method and suture |
JPH0613686Y2 (en) | 1990-06-08 | 1994-04-13 | 加藤発条株式会社 | Blood vessel obturator |
US5049275A (en) | 1990-06-15 | 1991-09-17 | Hoechst Celanese Corp. | Modified microporous structures |
FR2663217B1 (en) | 1990-06-15 | 1992-10-16 | Antheor | FILTERING DEVICE FOR THE PREVENTION OF EMBOLIES. |
US20020032459A1 (en) | 1990-06-20 | 2002-03-14 | Danforth Biomedical, Inc. | Radially-expandable tubular elements for use in the construction of medical devices |
US5269809A (en) | 1990-07-02 | 1993-12-14 | American Cyanamid Company | Locking mechanism for use with a slotted suture anchor |
US5041129A (en) | 1990-07-02 | 1991-08-20 | Acufex Microsurgical, Inc. | Slotted suture anchor and method of anchoring a suture |
US5098440A (en) | 1990-08-14 | 1992-03-24 | Cordis Corporation | Object retrieval method and apparatus |
US5152144A (en) | 1990-09-19 | 1992-10-06 | Cummins Engine Company, Inc. | Air to air heat exchanger internal bypass |
US5443727A (en) | 1990-10-30 | 1995-08-22 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Articles having a polymeric shell and method for preparing same |
JPH04170966A (en) | 1990-11-01 | 1992-06-18 | Nippon Sherwood Kk | Valvular body for catheter introducer blood stop valve |
US5108420A (en) | 1991-02-01 | 1992-04-28 | Temple University | Aperture occlusion device |
US5176659A (en) | 1991-02-28 | 1993-01-05 | Mario Mancini | Expandable intravenous catheter and method of using |
US5257637A (en) | 1991-03-22 | 1993-11-02 | El Gazayerli Mohamed M | Method for suture knot placement and tying |
AU649116B2 (en) | 1991-03-27 | 1994-05-12 | Sankyo Company Limited | New compounds, named the "Leustroducins", their preparation and their therapeutic uses |
CA2078530A1 (en) | 1991-09-23 | 1993-03-24 | Jay Erlebacher | Percutaneous arterial puncture seal device and insertion tool therefore |
CA2082090C (en) | 1991-11-05 | 2004-04-27 | Jack Fagan | Improved occluder for repair of cardiac and vascular defects |
EP0545091B1 (en) | 1991-11-05 | 1999-07-07 | The Children's Medical Center Corporation | Occluder for repair of cardiac and vascular defects |
US5222974A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1993-06-29 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use |
US5282827A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1994-02-01 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use |
DK168419B1 (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1994-03-28 | Cook Inc A Cook Group Company | Abdominal wall support device and apparatus for insertion thereof |
US5935122A (en) | 1991-12-13 | 1999-08-10 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Dual valve, flexible expandable sheath and method |
CA2128338C (en) | 1992-01-21 | 2004-10-12 | Gladwin S. Das | Septal defect closure device |
US5649950A (en) | 1992-01-22 | 1997-07-22 | C. R. Bard | System for the percutaneous transluminal front-end loading delivery and retrieval of a prosthetic occluder |
US5316262A (en) | 1992-01-31 | 1994-05-31 | Suprex Corporation | Fluid restrictor apparatus and method for making the same |
US5167363A (en) | 1992-02-10 | 1992-12-01 | Adkinson Steven S | Collapsible storage pen |
US5282823A (en) | 1992-03-19 | 1994-02-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Intravascular radially expandable stent |
WO1993019803A1 (en) | 1992-03-31 | 1993-10-14 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Medical wire |
US6277084B1 (en) | 1992-03-31 | 2001-08-21 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Ultrasonic medical device |
US5411481A (en) | 1992-04-08 | 1995-05-02 | American Cyanamid Co. | Surgical purse string suturing instrument and method |
US5236440A (en) | 1992-04-14 | 1993-08-17 | American Cyanamid Company | Surgical fastener |
US5354308A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1994-10-11 | Beth Israel Hospital Association | Metal wire stent |
US5540712A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-07-30 | Nitinol Medical Technologies, Inc. | Stent and method and apparatus for forming and delivering the same |
DE4215449C1 (en) | 1992-05-11 | 1993-09-02 | Ethicon Gmbh & Co Kg, 2000 Norderstedt, De | |
US5312341A (en) | 1992-08-14 | 1994-05-17 | Wayne State University | Retaining apparatus and procedure for transseptal catheterization |
US5342393A (en) | 1992-08-27 | 1994-08-30 | Duke University | Method and device for vascular repair |
US5437288A (en) | 1992-09-04 | 1995-08-01 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Flexible catheter guidewire |
US6090072A (en) | 1992-10-15 | 2000-07-18 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Expandable introducer sheath |
US5304184A (en) | 1992-10-19 | 1994-04-19 | Indiana University Foundation | Apparatus and method for positive closure of an internal tissue membrane opening |
US5275826A (en) | 1992-11-13 | 1994-01-04 | Purdue Research Foundation | Fluidized intestinal submucosa and its use as an injectable tissue graft |
US6653291B1 (en) | 1992-11-13 | 2003-11-25 | Purdue Research Foundation | Composition and method for production of transformed cells |
US5417699A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1995-05-23 | Perclose Incorporated | Device and method for the percutaneous suturing of a vascular puncture site |
US5284488A (en) | 1992-12-23 | 1994-02-08 | Sideris Eleftherios B | Adjustable devices for the occlusion of cardiac defects |
JP3253203B2 (en) | 1993-01-19 | 2002-02-04 | キヤノン株式会社 | Flexible wiring board, inkjet recording head using the same, and method of manufacturing inkjet recording head |
US5320611A (en) | 1993-02-04 | 1994-06-14 | Peter M. Bonutti | Expandable cannula having longitudinal wire and method of use |
US5797960A (en) | 1993-02-22 | 1998-08-25 | Stevens; John H. | Method and apparatus for thoracoscopic intracardiac procedures |
US6346074B1 (en) | 1993-02-22 | 2002-02-12 | Heartport, Inc. | Devices for less invasive intracardiac interventions |
US5358771A (en) | 1993-03-05 | 1994-10-25 | W. R. Grace & Co.-Conn. | Perforated film with prepunched tube holes |
US5312435A (en) | 1993-05-17 | 1994-05-17 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Fail predictable, reinforced anchor for hemostatic puncture closure |
US5350363A (en) | 1993-06-14 | 1994-09-27 | Cordis Corporation | Enhanced sheath valve |
DE4324218A1 (en) | 1993-07-19 | 1995-01-26 | Bavaria Med Tech | Cuff catheter |
AU695641B2 (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1998-08-20 | Novartis Ag | Human metabotropic glutamate receptor subtypes (HMR4, HMR6, HMR7) and related DNA compounds |
US5591206A (en) | 1993-09-30 | 1997-01-07 | Moufarr+E,Gra E+Ee Ge; Richard | Method and device for closing wounds |
US5480424A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 1996-01-02 | Cox; James L. | Heart valve replacement using flexible tubes |
JP3185906B2 (en) | 1993-11-26 | 2001-07-11 | ニプロ株式会社 | Prosthesis for atrial septal defect |
US5538510A (en) | 1994-01-31 | 1996-07-23 | Cordis Corporation | Catheter having coextruded tubing |
US6334872B1 (en) | 1994-02-18 | 2002-01-01 | Organogenesis Inc. | Method for treating diseased or damaged organs |
DE69523615T3 (en) | 1994-04-06 | 2006-09-21 | William Cook Europe A/S | A MEDICAL DEVICE FOR IMPLANTING IN THE VASCULAR SYSTEM OF A HUMAN |
US5853420A (en) | 1994-04-21 | 1998-12-29 | B. Braun Celsa | Assembly comprising a blood filter for temporary or definitive use and device for implanting it, corresponding filter and method of implanting such a filter |
US6475232B1 (en) | 1996-12-10 | 2002-11-05 | Purdue Research Foundation | Stent with reduced thrombogenicity |
CA2484826C (en) | 1994-04-29 | 2007-12-18 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Stent with collagen |
US5601571A (en) | 1994-05-17 | 1997-02-11 | Moss; Gerald | Surgical fastener implantation device |
US5453095A (en) | 1994-06-07 | 1995-09-26 | Cordis Corporation | One piece self-aligning, self-lubricating catheter valve |
US6123715A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 2000-09-26 | Amplatz; Curtis | Method of forming medical devices; intravascular occlusion devices |
US5725552A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 1998-03-10 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed intravascular occlusion devices |
EP1716821A3 (en) | 1994-07-08 | 2009-07-08 | ev3 Inc. | Intravascular filtering device |
US5575816A (en) | 1994-08-12 | 1996-11-19 | Meadox Medicals, Inc. | High strength and high density intraluminal wire stent |
US5433727A (en) | 1994-08-16 | 1995-07-18 | Sideris; Eleftherios B. | Centering buttoned device for the occlusion of large defects for occluding |
DE9413645U1 (en) | 1994-08-24 | 1994-10-27 | Schneidt, Bernhard, Ing.(grad.), 63571 Gelnhausen | Device for closing a duct, in particular the ductus arteriosus |
DE9413649U1 (en) | 1994-08-24 | 1994-10-20 | Siemens AG, 80333 München | Arrangement for displaying time units by means of a pointer element movable along a scale |
US5577299A (en) | 1994-08-26 | 1996-11-26 | Thompson; Carl W. | Quick-release mechanical knot apparatus |
US5618311A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1997-04-08 | Gryskiewicz; Joseph M. | Surgical subcuticular fastener system |
US5879366A (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1999-03-09 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Self-expanding defect closure device and method of making and using |
US6171329B1 (en) | 1994-12-19 | 2001-01-09 | Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. | Self-expanding defect closure device and method of making and using |
US5702421A (en) | 1995-01-11 | 1997-12-30 | Schneidt; Bernhard | Closure device for closing a vascular opening, such as patent ductus arteriosus |
CA2207667A1 (en) | 1995-01-27 | 1996-08-01 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Embolizing system |
US5480353A (en) | 1995-02-02 | 1996-01-02 | Garza, Jr.; Ponciano | Shaker crank for a harvester |
US5634936A (en) | 1995-02-06 | 1997-06-03 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Device for closing a septal defect |
US5649959A (en) | 1995-02-10 | 1997-07-22 | Sherwood Medical Company | Assembly for sealing a puncture in a vessel |
US6124523A (en) | 1995-03-10 | 2000-09-26 | Impra, Inc. | Encapsulated stent |
US5711969A (en) | 1995-04-07 | 1998-01-27 | Purdue Research Foundation | Large area submucosal tissue graft constructs |
US5733337A (en) | 1995-04-07 | 1998-03-31 | Organogenesis, Inc. | Tissue repair fabric |
US5713864A (en) | 1995-04-11 | 1998-02-03 | Sims Level 1, Inc. | Integral conductive polymer resistance heated tubing |
US5603703A (en) | 1995-04-28 | 1997-02-18 | Medtronic, Inc. | Selectively aspirating stylet |
US6322548B1 (en) | 1995-05-10 | 2001-11-27 | Eclipse Surgical Technologies | Delivery catheter system for heart chamber |
US6132438A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2000-10-17 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Devices for installing stasis reducing means in body tissue |
AU5561296A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1996-12-30 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Fluid treated transparent polytetrafluoroethylene product |
US5713948A (en) | 1995-07-19 | 1998-02-03 | Uflacker; Renan | Adjustable and retrievable graft and graft delivery system for stent-graft system |
US5769882A (en) | 1995-09-08 | 1998-06-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for conformably sealing prostheses within body lumens |
WO1997010807A1 (en) | 1995-09-22 | 1997-03-27 | Gore Hybrid Technologies, Inc. | Improved cell encapsulation device |
US6190353B1 (en) | 1995-10-13 | 2001-02-20 | Transvascular, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for bypassing arterial obstructions and/or performing other transvascular procedures |
WO1997016119A1 (en) | 1995-10-30 | 1997-05-09 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Self-centering umbrella-type septal closure device |
US5772641A (en) | 1995-12-12 | 1998-06-30 | Medi-Dyne Inc. | Overlapping welds for catheter constructions |
US5717259A (en) | 1996-01-11 | 1998-02-10 | Schexnayder; J. Rodney | Electromagnetic machine |
US6168622B1 (en) | 1996-01-24 | 2001-01-02 | Microvena Corporation | Method and apparatus for occluding aneurysms |
DE19603887C2 (en) | 1996-02-03 | 1998-07-02 | Lerch Karl Dieter | Arrangement for fixing a piece of bone that has been removed from the skull capsule for the purpose of the surgical intervention to the remaining skull leg |
US6016846A (en) | 1996-02-07 | 2000-01-25 | Morgan Adhesives Company | Pipe insulation sleeve |
DE19604817C2 (en) | 1996-02-09 | 2003-06-12 | Pfm Prod Fuer Die Med Ag | Device for closing defect openings in the human or animal body |
DE29724567U1 (en) | 1996-02-14 | 2003-01-16 | Walter Lorenz Surgical, Inc., Jacksonville, Fla. | Bone fixation device and instrument for inserting the bone fixation device |
CA2197375C (en) | 1996-02-15 | 2003-05-06 | Yasuhiro Okuda | Artificial blood vessel |
US5957953A (en) | 1996-02-16 | 1999-09-28 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Expandable suture anchor |
CA2197614C (en) | 1996-02-20 | 2002-07-02 | Charles S. Taylor | Surgical instruments and procedures for stabilizing the beating heart during coronary artery bypass graft surgery |
US5733294A (en) | 1996-02-28 | 1998-03-31 | B. Braun Medical, Inc. | Self expanding cardiovascular occlusion device, method of using and method of making the same |
US5766220A (en) | 1996-02-29 | 1998-06-16 | Moenning; Stephen P. | Apparatus and method for protecting a port site opening in the wall of a body cavity |
US5644538A (en) | 1996-03-01 | 1997-07-01 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Circuit and method for controllng the duration of pulses in a control signal from an electronic system |
US5853422A (en) | 1996-03-22 | 1998-12-29 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for closing a septal defect |
US5755791A (en) | 1996-04-05 | 1998-05-26 | Purdue Research Foundation | Perforated submucosal tissue graft constructs |
AR001590A1 (en) | 1996-04-10 | 1997-11-26 | Jorge Alberto Baccaro | Abnormal vascular communications occluder device and applicator cartridge of said device |
US6491714B1 (en) | 1996-05-03 | 2002-12-10 | William F. Bennett | Surgical tissue repair and attachment apparatus and method |
EP0900051A1 (en) | 1996-05-08 | 1999-03-10 | Salviac Limited | An occluder device |
US6949116B2 (en) | 1996-05-08 | 2005-09-27 | Carag Ag | Device for plugging an opening such as in a wall of a hollow or tubular organ including biodegradable elements |
US6488706B1 (en) | 1996-05-08 | 2002-12-03 | Carag Ag | Device for plugging an opening such as in a wall of a hollow or tubular organ |
US5914182A (en) | 1996-06-03 | 1999-06-22 | Gore Hybrid Technologies, Inc. | Materials and methods for the immobilization of bioactive species onto polymeric substrates |
US6143037A (en) | 1996-06-12 | 2000-11-07 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Compositions and methods for coating medical devices |
US5893856A (en) | 1996-06-12 | 1999-04-13 | Mitek Surgical Products, Inc. | Apparatus and method for binding a first layer of material to a second layer of material |
US5755762A (en) | 1996-06-14 | 1998-05-26 | Pacesetter, Inc. | Medical lead and method of making and using |
US5690674A (en) | 1996-07-02 | 1997-11-25 | Cordis Corporation | Wound closure with plug |
GB9614950D0 (en) | 1996-07-16 | 1996-09-04 | Anson Medical Ltd | A ductus stent and delivery catheter |
US5800516A (en) | 1996-08-08 | 1998-09-01 | Cordis Corporation | Deployable and retrievable shape memory stent/tube and method |
EP0836971B1 (en) | 1996-08-22 | 2002-07-17 | Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft | Occupant protecting arrangment for a vehicle |
US6482224B1 (en) | 1996-08-22 | 2002-11-19 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Endovascular flexible stapling device |
US5776183A (en) | 1996-08-23 | 1998-07-07 | Kanesaka; Nozomu | Expandable stent |
US5741297A (en) | 1996-08-28 | 1998-04-21 | Simon; Morris | Daisy occluder and method for septal defect repair |
US5810884A (en) | 1996-09-09 | 1998-09-22 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center | Apparatus and method for closing a vascular perforation after percutaneous puncture of a blood vessel in a living subject |
US5755778A (en) | 1996-10-16 | 1998-05-26 | Nitinol Medical Technologies, Inc. | Anastomosis device |
US5861003A (en) | 1996-10-23 | 1999-01-19 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Apparatus and method for occluding a defect or aperture within body surface |
GB2318795B (en) | 1996-10-28 | 1999-08-25 | Bardon | Remediation of domestic waste incinerator residue |
US5944691A (en) | 1996-11-04 | 1999-08-31 | Cordis Corporation | Catheter having an expandable shaft |
DE69730039T2 (en) | 1996-11-05 | 2005-07-14 | Purdue Research Foundation, West Lafayette | HEART transplants |
US6315791B1 (en) | 1996-12-03 | 2001-11-13 | Atrium Medical Corporation | Self-expanding prothesis |
US6187039B1 (en) | 1996-12-10 | 2001-02-13 | Purdue Research Foundation | Tubular submucosal graft constructs |
EP1014895B1 (en) | 1996-12-10 | 2006-03-08 | Purdue Research Foundation | Artificial vascular valves |
AU5621198A (en) | 1996-12-30 | 1998-07-31 | Imagyn Medical Technologies, Inc. | Expandable access device and method of constructing and using same |
US5776162A (en) | 1997-01-03 | 1998-07-07 | Nitinol Medical Technologies, Inc. | Vessel implantable shape memory appliance with superelastic hinged joint |
US5967490A (en) | 1997-01-08 | 1999-10-19 | Vadus, Inc. | Catheter hubs having a valve |
US6074401A (en) | 1997-01-09 | 2000-06-13 | Coalescent Surgical, Inc. | Pinned retainer surgical fasteners, instruments and methods for minimally invasive vascular and endoscopic surgery |
JP3134287B2 (en) | 1997-01-30 | 2001-02-13 | 株式会社ニッショー | Catheter assembly for endocardial suture surgery |
JP3134288B2 (en) | 1997-01-30 | 2001-02-13 | 株式会社ニッショー | Endocardial suture surgery tool |
US5782860A (en) | 1997-02-11 | 1998-07-21 | Biointerventional Corporation | Closure device for percutaneous occlusion of puncture sites and tracts in the human body and method |
JPH10244611A (en) | 1997-03-04 | 1998-09-14 | Japan Gore Tex Inc | Laminate containing transparentized stretched porous polytetrafluoroethylene film, and adhesion preventing sheet material |
US5993844A (en) | 1997-05-08 | 1999-11-30 | Organogenesis, Inc. | Chemical treatment, without detergents or enzymes, of tissue to form an acellular, collagenous matrix |
US6610764B1 (en) | 1997-05-12 | 2003-08-26 | Metabolix, Inc. | Polyhydroxyalkanoate compositions having controlled degradation rates |
AU7486798A (en) | 1997-05-12 | 1998-12-08 | Metabolix, Inc. | Polyhydroxyalkanoates for (in vivo) applications |
US6867248B1 (en) | 1997-05-12 | 2005-03-15 | Metabolix, Inc. | Polyhydroxyalkanoate compositions having controlled degradation rates |
US6071292A (en) | 1997-06-28 | 2000-06-06 | Transvascular, Inc. | Transluminal methods and devices for closing, forming attachments to, and/or forming anastomotic junctions in, luminal anatomical structures |
US6030007A (en) | 1997-07-07 | 2000-02-29 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Continually adjustable nonreturn knot |
US5928260A (en) | 1997-07-10 | 1999-07-27 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Removable occlusion system for aneurysm neck |
DE69840594D1 (en) | 1997-07-22 | 2009-04-09 | Metabolix Inc | POLYHYDROXYALKANOATE MOLDING |
US6828357B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2004-12-07 | Metabolix, Inc. | Polyhydroxyalkanoate compositions having controlled degradation rates |
US6174330B1 (en) | 1997-08-01 | 2001-01-16 | Schneider (Usa) Inc | Bioabsorbable marker having radiopaque constituents |
WO1999005977A1 (en) | 1997-08-04 | 1999-02-11 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Occlusion system for aneurysm repair |
US6077880A (en) | 1997-08-08 | 2000-06-20 | Cordis Corporation | Highly radiopaque polyolefins and method for making the same |
US6174322B1 (en) | 1997-08-08 | 2001-01-16 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device for the closure of a physical anomaly such as a vascular aperture or an aperture in a septum |
US5902287A (en) | 1997-08-20 | 1999-05-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Guiding catheter and method of making same |
AU725516B2 (en) | 1997-09-19 | 2000-10-12 | Metabolix, Inc. | Biological systems for manufacture of polyhydroxyalkanoate polymers containing 4-hydroxyacids |
US5902319A (en) | 1997-09-25 | 1999-05-11 | Daley; Robert J. | Bioabsorbable staples |
US6042606A (en) | 1997-09-29 | 2000-03-28 | Cook Incorporated | Radially expandable non-axially contracting surgical stent |
AU1077599A (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-05-03 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | A balloon catheter for causing thermal trauma to a patent foramen ovale and method of using the balloon catheter |
WO1999018871A1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-04-22 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | A catheter for causing thermal trauma to a patent foramen ovale and method of using the catheter |
WO1999018862A1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-04-22 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | A catheter device for abrading a patent foramen ovale and method of using the device |
WO1999018864A1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-04-22 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | A balloon catheter for abrading a patent foramen ovale and method of using the balloon catheter |
US6106913A (en) | 1997-10-10 | 2000-08-22 | Quantum Group, Inc | Fibrous structures containing nanofibrils and other textile fibers |
US5989268A (en) | 1997-10-28 | 1999-11-23 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Endoscopic hemostatic clipping device |
WO1999025280A1 (en) | 1997-11-14 | 1999-05-27 | Boston Scientific Limited | Multi-sheath delivery catheter |
US6443972B1 (en) | 1997-11-19 | 2002-09-03 | Cordis Europa N.V. | Vascular filter |
GB9725390D0 (en) | 1997-12-02 | 1998-01-28 | Smiths Industries Plc | Catheter assemblies and inner cannulae |
US6036720A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 2000-03-14 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Sheet metal aneurysm neck bridge |
US6027519A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 2000-02-22 | Stanford; Ulf Harry | Catheter with expandable multiband segment |
US5976174A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 1999-11-02 | Ruiz; Carlos E. | Medical hole closure device and methods of use |
US6416063B1 (en) | 1998-01-28 | 2002-07-09 | Scott H. Stillinger | High performance skate |
US5944738A (en) | 1998-02-06 | 1999-08-31 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed constricting occlusion device |
US6051007A (en) | 1998-03-02 | 2000-04-18 | Corvascular, Inc. | Sternal closure device and instruments therefor |
US5925060A (en) | 1998-03-13 | 1999-07-20 | B. Braun Celsa | Covered self-expanding vascular occlusion device |
JP3799810B2 (en) | 1998-03-30 | 2006-07-19 | ニプロ株式会社 | Transcatheter surgery closure plug and catheter assembly |
US6190357B1 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 2001-02-20 | Cardiothoracic Systems, Inc. | Expandable cannula for performing cardiopulmonary bypass and method for using same |
US5993475A (en) | 1998-04-22 | 1999-11-30 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. | Tissue repair device |
US6113609A (en) | 1998-05-26 | 2000-09-05 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Implantable tissue fastener and system for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease |
US7452371B2 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2008-11-18 | Cook Incorporated | Implantable vascular device |
US6265333B1 (en) | 1998-06-02 | 2001-07-24 | Board Of Regents, University Of Nebraska-Lincoln | Delamination resistant composites prepared by small diameter fiber reinforcement at ply interfaces |
WO2000015144A1 (en) | 1998-06-10 | 2000-03-23 | Advanced Bypass Technologies, Inc. | Aortic aneurysm treatment systems |
US5935148A (en) | 1998-06-24 | 1999-08-10 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable, varying flexibility, aneurysm neck bridge |
US6328822B1 (en) | 1998-06-26 | 2001-12-11 | Kiyohito Ishida | Functionally graded alloy, use thereof and method for producing same |
US6165183A (en) | 1998-07-15 | 2000-12-26 | St. Jude Medical, Inc. | Mitral and tricuspid valve repair |
US6290689B1 (en) * | 1999-10-22 | 2001-09-18 | Corazón Technologies, Inc. | Catheter devices and methods for their use in the treatment of calcified vascular occlusions |
US6669707B1 (en) | 1998-07-21 | 2003-12-30 | Lee L. Swanstrom | Method and apparatus for attaching or locking an implant to an anatomic vessel or hollow organ wall |
US6478773B1 (en) | 1998-12-21 | 2002-11-12 | Micrus Corporation | Apparatus for deployment of micro-coil using a catheter |
AU6250099A (en) | 1998-09-22 | 2000-04-10 | Tietex International, Ltd. | Headliner fabric and process for making same |
US5919200A (en) | 1998-10-09 | 1999-07-06 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | Balloon catheter for abrading a patent foramen ovale and method of using the balloon catheter |
US6593504B1 (en) | 1998-10-19 | 2003-07-15 | Uop Llc | Selective aromatics transalkylation |
US6183496B1 (en) | 1998-11-02 | 2001-02-06 | Datascope Investment Corp. | Collapsible hemostatic plug |
US6152144A (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2000-11-28 | Appriva Medical, Inc. | Method and device for left atrial appendage occlusion |
US7044134B2 (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2006-05-16 | Ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc | Method of implanting a device in the left atrial appendage |
US7128073B1 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2006-10-31 | Ev3 Endovascular, Inc. | Method and device for left atrial appendage occlusion |
US7713282B2 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2010-05-11 | Atritech, Inc. | Detachable atrial appendage occlusion balloon |
US6080183A (en) | 1998-11-24 | 2000-06-27 | Embol-X, Inc. | Sutureless vessel plug and methods of use |
JP3906475B2 (en) | 1998-12-22 | 2007-04-18 | ニプロ株式会社 | Transcatheter surgery closure plug and catheter assembly |
US6280447B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2001-08-28 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Bony tissue resector |
US6371904B1 (en) | 1998-12-24 | 2002-04-16 | Vivant Medical, Inc. | Subcutaneous cavity marking device and method |
US6356782B1 (en) | 1998-12-24 | 2002-03-12 | Vivant Medical, Inc. | Subcutaneous cavity marking device and method |
US6228097B1 (en) | 1999-01-22 | 2001-05-08 | Scion International, Inc. | Surgical instrument for clipping and cutting blood vessels and organic structures |
US6217590B1 (en) | 1999-01-22 | 2001-04-17 | Scion International, Inc. | Surgical instrument for applying multiple staples and cutting blood vessels and organic structures and method therefor |
WO2000044428A1 (en) | 1999-01-28 | 2000-08-03 | Ansamed Limited | Catheter with an expandable end portion |
WO2000051662A1 (en) | 1999-03-04 | 2000-09-08 | Tepha, Inc. | Bioabsorbable, biocompatible polymers for tissue engineering |
US6368338B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2002-04-09 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas | Occlusion method and apparatus |
US6632236B2 (en) | 1999-03-12 | 2003-10-14 | Arteria Medical Science, Inc. | Catheter having radially expandable main body |
US6364903B2 (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2002-04-02 | Meadox Medicals, Inc. | Polymer coated stent |
EP2305324B1 (en) | 1999-03-25 | 2014-09-17 | Metabolix, Inc. | Medical devices and applications of polyhydroxyalkanoate polymers |
DE69927474T2 (en) | 1999-03-29 | 2006-07-06 | William Cook Europe A/S | A guidewire |
US6277138B1 (en) | 1999-08-17 | 2001-08-21 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Filter for embolic material mounted on expandable frame |
US6277139B1 (en) | 1999-04-01 | 2001-08-21 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Vascular protection and embolic material retriever |
US6379342B1 (en) | 1999-04-02 | 2002-04-30 | Scion International, Inc. | Ampoule for dispensing medication and method of use |
US6752813B2 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2004-06-22 | Evalve, Inc. | Methods and devices for capturing and fixing leaflets in valve repair |
JP2000300571A (en) | 1999-04-19 | 2000-10-31 | Nissho Corp | Closure plug for transcatheter operation |
US6206907B1 (en) | 1999-05-07 | 2001-03-27 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device with stranded wire support arms |
US6379368B1 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2002-04-30 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device with non-thrombogenic properties |
US6656206B2 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2003-12-02 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device with non-thrombogenic properties |
US6712836B1 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2004-03-30 | St. Jude Medical Atg, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for closing septal defects and occluding blood flow |
US6426145B1 (en) | 1999-05-20 | 2002-07-30 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Radiopaque compositions for visualization of medical devices |
US6488689B1 (en) | 1999-05-20 | 2002-12-03 | Aaron V. Kaplan | Methods and apparatus for transpericardial left atrial appendage closure |
US6375668B1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2002-04-23 | Hanson S. Gifford | Devices and methods for treating vascular malformations |
US6165204A (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2000-12-26 | Scion International, Inc. | Shaped suture clip, appliance and method therefor |
US6860895B1 (en) | 1999-06-18 | 2005-03-01 | Radi Medical Systems Ab | Tool, a sealing device, a system and a method for closing a wound |
US6494888B1 (en) | 1999-06-22 | 2002-12-17 | Ndo Surgical, Inc. | Tissue reconfiguration |
US6306424B1 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2001-10-23 | Ethicon, Inc. | Foam composite for the repair or regeneration of tissue |
US6206895B1 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2001-03-27 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US6245080B1 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2001-06-12 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US6398796B2 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2002-06-04 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US20030150821A1 (en) | 1999-07-16 | 2003-08-14 | Bates Mark C. | Emboli filtration system and methods of use |
US7892246B2 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2011-02-22 | Bioconnect Systems, Inc. | Devices and methods for interconnecting conduits and closing openings in tissue |
US6485507B1 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2002-11-26 | Scimed Life Systems | Multi-property nitinol by heat treatment |
US6328689B1 (en) | 2000-03-23 | 2001-12-11 | Spiration, Inc., | Lung constriction apparatus and method |
US6358238B1 (en) | 1999-09-02 | 2002-03-19 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Expandable micro-catheter |
EP1210014A1 (en) | 1999-09-07 | 2002-06-05 | Microvena Corporation | Retrievable septal defect closure device |
US8083766B2 (en) | 1999-09-13 | 2011-12-27 | Rex Medical, Lp | Septal defect closure device |
DE60033827T2 (en) | 1999-09-13 | 2007-12-20 | Rex Medical, L.P. | VASCULAR WOUND CLOSURE |
US6231561B1 (en) | 1999-09-20 | 2001-05-15 | Appriva Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for closing a body lumen |
WO2001021247A1 (en) | 1999-09-20 | 2001-03-29 | Appriva Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for closing a body lumen |
US6379363B1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2002-04-30 | Walter Lorenz Surgical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for reattachment of a cranial flap using a cranial clamp |
US6374141B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2002-04-16 | Microhelix, Inc. | Multi-lead bioelectrical stimulus cable |
US6626930B1 (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2003-09-30 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Minimally invasive mitral valve repair method and apparatus |
US6551303B1 (en) | 1999-10-27 | 2003-04-22 | Atritech, Inc. | Barrier device for ostium of left atrial appendage |
US6689150B1 (en) | 1999-10-27 | 2004-02-10 | Atritech, Inc. | Filter apparatus for ostium of left atrial appendage |
DE19952359C1 (en) | 1999-10-30 | 2001-03-22 | Aesculap Ag & Co Kg | Surgical connection has coupling element, two placement elements, bone plates, and holders |
US6994092B2 (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2006-02-07 | Ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc. | Device for containing embolic material in the LAA having a plurality of tissue retention structures |
US6387104B1 (en) | 1999-11-12 | 2002-05-14 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for endoscopic repair of the lower esophageal sphincter |
US6371971B1 (en) | 1999-11-15 | 2002-04-16 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Guidewire filter and methods of use |
US7335426B2 (en) | 1999-11-19 | 2008-02-26 | Advanced Bio Prosthetic Surfaces, Ltd. | High strength vacuum deposited nitinol alloy films and method of making same |
US20010041914A1 (en) | 1999-11-22 | 2001-11-15 | Frazier Andrew G.C. | Tissue patch deployment catheter |
US6790218B2 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2004-09-14 | Swaminathan Jayaraman | Occlusive coil manufacture and delivery |
US20050187564A1 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2005-08-25 | Swaminathan Jayaraman | Occlusive coil manufacturing and delivery |
DE10000137A1 (en) | 2000-01-04 | 2001-07-12 | Pfm Prod Fuer Die Med Ag | Implantate for closing defect apertures in human or animal bodies, bearing structure of which can be reversed from secondary to primary form by elastic force |
US6780197B2 (en) | 2000-01-05 | 2004-08-24 | Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for delivering a vascular closure device to a body lumen |
US20010034567A1 (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2001-10-25 | Allen Marc L. | Remote management of retail petroleum equipment |
FR2804567B1 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2002-04-12 | St Microelectronics Sa | VIDEO PREAMPLIFIER |
US6227139B1 (en) | 2000-03-16 | 2001-05-08 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Control tab assisted lift reducing system for underwater hydrofoil surface |
US6468303B1 (en) | 2000-03-27 | 2002-10-22 | Aga Medical Corporation | Retrievable self expanding shunt |
US6650923B1 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2003-11-18 | Ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc. | Method for accessing the left atrium of the heart by locating the fossa ovalis |
US7056294B2 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2006-06-06 | Ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc | Method and apparatus for accessing the left atrial appendage |
US6786915B2 (en) | 2000-04-19 | 2004-09-07 | Radi Medical Systems Ab | Reinforced absorbable medical sealing device |
JP3844661B2 (en) | 2000-04-19 | 2006-11-15 | ラディ・メディカル・システムズ・アクチェボラーグ | Intra-arterial embolus |
US6551344B2 (en) | 2000-04-26 | 2003-04-22 | Ev3 Inc. | Septal defect occluder |
US6214029B1 (en) | 2000-04-26 | 2001-04-10 | Microvena Corporation | Septal defect occluder |
US6352552B1 (en) | 2000-05-02 | 2002-03-05 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Stent |
EP2095784B1 (en) | 2000-05-03 | 2016-01-06 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Apparatus for mapping and ablation in electrophysiology procedures |
US6599448B1 (en) | 2000-05-10 | 2003-07-29 | Hydromer, Inc. | Radio-opaque polymeric compositions |
US6334864B1 (en) | 2000-05-17 | 2002-01-01 | Aga Medical Corp. | Alignment member for delivering a non-symmetric device with a predefined orientation |
US6652576B1 (en) | 2000-06-07 | 2003-11-25 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Variable stiffness stent |
US6494846B1 (en) | 2000-06-20 | 2002-12-17 | Wayne Margolis Family Partnership, Ltd. | Dual-mode catheter |
US6695817B1 (en) | 2000-07-11 | 2004-02-24 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Medical valve with positive flow characteristics |
DE60120415T2 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2007-01-04 | Metabolix, Inc., Cambridge | PREPARATION OF POLYHYDROXYALKANOATES FROM POLYOLES |
WO2002009602A1 (en) | 2000-07-27 | 2002-02-07 | Synthes Ag Chur | Cranial flap clamp and instrument for use therewith |
US6440152B1 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2002-08-27 | Microvena Corporation | Defect occluder release assembly and method |
US6867249B2 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2005-03-15 | Kin Man Amazon Lee | Lightweight and porous construction materials containing rubber |
JP2004506469A (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2004-03-04 | アトリテック, インコーポレイテッド | Expandable implantable device for filtering blood flow from the atrial appendage |
EP1313406B1 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2010-06-16 | KAPLAN, Aaron, V. | Methods and apparatus for transpericardial left atrial appendage closure |
WO2002017797A1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2002-03-07 | Advanced Vascular Technologies, Llc | Endovascular fastener and grafting apparatus and method |
US6533762B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2003-03-18 | Angiolink Corporation | Advanced wound site management systems and methods |
US6364853B1 (en) | 2000-09-11 | 2002-04-02 | Scion International, Inc. | Irrigation and suction valve and method therefor |
US6554849B1 (en) | 2000-09-11 | 2003-04-29 | Cordis Corporation | Intravascular embolization device |
US6755834B2 (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2004-06-29 | Medtronic, Inc. | Cranial flap fixation device |
JP3722682B2 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2005-11-30 | 富士通株式会社 | Transmission device that automatically changes the type of transmission data within a specific band |
US7169164B2 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2007-01-30 | Atritech, Inc. | Apparatus for implanting devices in atrial appendages |
US6699278B2 (en) | 2000-09-22 | 2004-03-02 | Cordis Corporation | Stent with optimal strength and radiopacity characteristics |
EP1322234A2 (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2003-07-02 | Cohesion Technologies, Inc. | Resorbable anastomosis stents and plugs |
US6666861B1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2003-12-23 | James R. Grabek | Atrial appendage remodeling device and method |
US6375625B1 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2002-04-23 | Scion Valley, Inc. | In-line specimen trap and method therefor |
US6629901B2 (en) | 2000-11-09 | 2003-10-07 | Ben Huang | Composite grip for golf clubs |
US6508828B1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2003-01-21 | Radi Medical Systems Ab | Sealing device and wound closure device |
AU2002212026A1 (en) | 2000-11-07 | 2002-05-21 | Carag Ag | A device for plugging an opening such as in a wall of a hollow or tubular organ |
FR2816218B1 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2003-05-09 | Ela Medical Sa | IMPLANTABLE ACTIVE MEDICAL DEVICE, IN PARTICULAR CARDIAC PACEMAKER, DEFIBRILLATOR, CARDIOVERTER OR MULTI-SITE DEVICE, COMPRISING MEANS FOR DETECTION OF A RISK OF FUSION SITUATION |
US6746404B2 (en) | 2000-12-18 | 2004-06-08 | Biosense, Inc. | Method for anchoring a medical device between tissue |
US6585719B2 (en) | 2001-01-04 | 2003-07-01 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Low profile metal/polymer tubes |
US20020128680A1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-09-12 | Pavlovic Jennifer L. | Distal protection device with electrospun polymer fiber matrix |
US6550480B2 (en) | 2001-01-31 | 2003-04-22 | Numed/Tech Llc | Lumen occluders made from thermodynamic materials |
US6450987B1 (en) | 2001-02-01 | 2002-09-17 | Innercool Therapies, Inc. | Collapsible guidewire lumen |
JP4097924B2 (en) | 2001-02-05 | 2008-06-11 | オリンパス株式会社 | Biological tissue clip device |
US20020107531A1 (en) | 2001-02-06 | 2002-08-08 | Schreck Stefan G. | Method and system for tissue repair using dual catheters |
US6623518B2 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2003-09-23 | Ev3 Peripheral, Inc. | Implant delivery system with interlock |
IL157732A0 (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2004-03-28 | Atritech Inc | Atrial filter implants |
EP1383557B1 (en) | 2001-04-02 | 2008-05-21 | Bladder Management Systems, LLC. | Conformable balloonless catheter |
US6726696B1 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2004-04-27 | Advanced Catheter Engineering, Inc. | Patches and collars for medical applications and methods of use |
US20030004533A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2003-01-02 | Concentric Medical | Bioactive polymer vaso-occlusive device |
CN100334603C (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2007-08-29 | 微金属技术公司 | Metallized dielectric substrates for EAS tags |
US6921410B2 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2005-07-26 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Injection molded vaso-occlusive elements |
US6537300B2 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2003-03-25 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Implantable obstruction device for septal defects |
US7338514B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2008-03-04 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Closure devices, related delivery methods and tools, and related methods of use |
JP2005508208A (en) | 2001-06-04 | 2005-03-31 | アルバート・アインシュタイン・ヘルスケア・ネットワーク | Cardiac stimulator with thrombus filter and atrial pacemaker |
EP1399083A2 (en) | 2001-06-18 | 2004-03-24 | Rex Medical, L.P. | Removable vein filter |
US6623506B2 (en) | 2001-06-18 | 2003-09-23 | Rex Medical, L.P | Vein filter |
US6585755B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2003-07-01 | Advanced Cardiovascular | Polymeric stent suitable for imaging by MRI and fluoroscopy |
US20030196076A1 (en) | 2001-07-02 | 2003-10-16 | Globespan Virata Incorporated | Communications system using rings architecture |
WO2003007825A1 (en) | 2001-07-19 | 2003-01-30 | Atritech, Inc. | Individually customized device for covering the ostium of left atrial appendage |
US7288105B2 (en) | 2001-08-01 | 2007-10-30 | Ev3 Endovascular, Inc. | Tissue opening occluder |
US20070112358A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2007-05-17 | Ryan Abbott | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US20070129755A1 (en) | 2005-12-05 | 2007-06-07 | Ovalis, Inc. | Clip-based systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US6702835B2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2004-03-09 | Core Medical, Inc. | Needle apparatus for closing septal defects and methods for using such apparatus |
US20060052821A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-03-09 | Ovalis, Inc. | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US20090054912A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2009-02-26 | Heanue Taylor A | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US20080015633A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2008-01-17 | Ryan Abbott | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US6776784B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2004-08-17 | Core Medical, Inc. | Clip apparatus for closing septal defects and methods of use |
US6596013B2 (en) | 2001-09-20 | 2003-07-22 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating septal defects |
US6685707B2 (en) | 2001-09-25 | 2004-02-03 | Walter Lorenz Surgical, Inc. | Cranial clamp and method for fixating a bone plate |
US7094245B2 (en) | 2001-10-05 | 2006-08-22 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Device and method for through the scope endoscopic hemostatic clipping |
RU2208400C2 (en) | 2001-10-08 | 2003-07-20 | Робак Анатолий Николаевич | Apparatus for application of compression circular anastomoses |
US6866669B2 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2005-03-15 | Cordis Corporation | Locking handle deployment mechanism for medical device and method |
US6939352B2 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2005-09-06 | Cordis Corporation | Handle deployment mechanism for medical device and method |
US7270668B2 (en) | 2001-12-03 | 2007-09-18 | Xtent, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for delivering coiled prostheses |
US7867250B2 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2011-01-11 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Septal occluder and associated methods |
US7318833B2 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2008-01-15 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | PFO closure device with flexible thrombogenic joint and improved dislodgement resistance |
CN2524710Y (en) | 2001-12-27 | 2002-12-11 | 龚善石 | New cardiac atrial septal defect blocking device |
US7220265B2 (en) | 2002-01-14 | 2007-05-22 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (PFO) closure method and device |
US20030139819A1 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2003-07-24 | Beer Nicholas De | Method and apparatus for closing septal defects |
EP1469790B1 (en) | 2002-01-25 | 2016-10-19 | Atritech, Inc. | Atrial appendage blood filtration systems |
US20030153901A1 (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2003-08-14 | Atrium Medical Corporation | Drug delivery panel |
DE60207893T2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2006-08-17 | Yeung, Teresa T., San Jose | SEALANTS AND ADAPTATION DEVICE |
WO2003082076A2 (en) | 2002-03-25 | 2003-10-09 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (pfo) closure clips |
US6960189B2 (en) | 2002-03-29 | 2005-11-01 | Gore Enterprise Holdings | Proximal catheter assembly allowing for natural and suction-assisted aspiration |
SE523913C2 (en) | 2002-04-04 | 2004-06-01 | Sandvik Ab | Striking drill bit and a pin therefore |
US20030225439A1 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2003-12-04 | Cook Alonzo D. | Implantable product with improved aqueous interface characteristics and method for making and using same |
EP1509144A4 (en) | 2002-06-03 | 2008-09-03 | Nmt Medical Inc | Device with biological tissue scaffold for intracardiac defect closure |
EP1538994A4 (en) | 2002-06-05 | 2008-05-07 | Nmt Medical Inc | Patent foramen ovale (pfo) closure device with radial and circumferential support |
US7048738B1 (en) | 2002-07-23 | 2006-05-23 | Bioplate, Inc. | Cranial bone flap fixation |
CA2492700C (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2010-10-12 | Abbott Laboratories Vascular Enterprises, Limited | Apparatus for sealing surgical punctures |
US20040044364A1 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2004-03-04 | Devries Robert | Tissue fasteners and related deployment systems and methods |
JP2006500191A (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2006-01-05 | イーバ コーポレイション | Apparatus and method for reducing fluid loss during a surgical procedure |
US9326758B2 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2016-05-03 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Front-end loader for prosthetic occluders and methods thereof |
AU2003276999A1 (en) | 2002-09-26 | 2004-04-19 | Savacor, Inc. | Cardiovascular anchoring device and method of deploying same |
US20040127855A1 (en) | 2002-10-10 | 2004-07-01 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Hemostasis valve |
AU2003284976A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2004-05-13 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Expandable sheath tubing |
EP1562653A1 (en) | 2002-11-06 | 2005-08-17 | NMT Medical, Inc. | Medical devices utilizing modified shape memory alloy |
AU2003287689A1 (en) | 2002-11-07 | 2004-06-03 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (pfo) closure with magnetic force |
CA2503666A1 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2004-06-24 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Septal closure devices |
US20040122349A1 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2004-06-24 | Lafontaine Daniel M. | Closure device with textured surface |
DE10362223B4 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2010-02-04 | pfm Produkte für die Medizin AG | Basic coil shape |
US20040143294A1 (en) | 2003-01-22 | 2004-07-22 | Cardia, Inc. | Septal stabilization device |
US20040254594A1 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2004-12-16 | Arthur Alfaro | Cardiac defect occlusion device |
US8202293B2 (en) | 2003-01-30 | 2012-06-19 | Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. | Clip applier and methods of use |
EP1596723A2 (en) | 2003-02-04 | 2005-11-23 | ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale closure system |
US20040167566A1 (en) | 2003-02-24 | 2004-08-26 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus for anchoring an intravascular device along a guidewire |
WO2004082532A1 (en) | 2003-03-17 | 2004-09-30 | Ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc. | Thin film composite lamination |
US20040186510A1 (en) | 2003-03-18 | 2004-09-23 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Embolic protection ivc filter |
US7165552B2 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2007-01-23 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US20040267306A1 (en) | 2003-04-11 | 2004-12-30 | Velocimed, L.L.C. | Closure devices, related delivery methods, and related methods of use |
US7597704B2 (en) | 2003-04-28 | 2009-10-06 | Atritech, Inc. | Left atrial appendage occlusion device with active expansion |
US6913614B2 (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2005-07-05 | Cardia, Inc. | Delivery system with safety tether |
US20040234567A1 (en) | 2003-05-22 | 2004-11-25 | Dawson Richard A. | Collapsible shield for smoking animal lure |
US7625364B2 (en) | 2003-05-27 | 2009-12-01 | Cardia, Inc. | Flexible center connection for occlusion device |
EP1651273B1 (en) | 2003-07-08 | 2012-08-29 | Tepha, Inc. | Poly-4-hydroxybutyrate matrices for sustained drug delivery |
US9861346B2 (en) | 2003-07-14 | 2018-01-09 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (PFO) closure device with linearly elongating petals |
US7678123B2 (en) | 2003-07-14 | 2010-03-16 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Tubular patent foramen ovale (PFO) closure device with catch system |
US8480706B2 (en) | 2003-07-14 | 2013-07-09 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Tubular patent foramen ovale (PFO) closure device with catch system |
US9498366B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2016-11-22 | Baronova, Inc. | Devices and methods for pyloric anchoring |
US7735493B2 (en) | 2003-08-15 | 2010-06-15 | Atritech, Inc. | System and method for delivering a left atrial appendage containment device |
WO2005018728A2 (en) | 2003-08-19 | 2005-03-03 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Expandable sheath tubing |
US7481832B1 (en) | 2003-09-09 | 2009-01-27 | Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc | Method and apparatus for use of a self-tapping resorbable screw |
US7192435B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2007-03-20 | Cardia, Inc. | Self centering closure device for septal occlusion |
US7658748B2 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2010-02-09 | Cardia, Inc. | Right retrieval mechanism |
US7452363B2 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2008-11-18 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Applier for fastener for single lumen access anastomosis |
US20050070935A1 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2005-03-31 | Ortiz Mark S. | Single lumen access deployable ring for intralumenal anastomosis |
US20050067523A1 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2005-03-31 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Apparatus for deflecting or inverting moving webs |
US7967829B2 (en) | 2003-10-09 | 2011-06-28 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Medical device delivery system |
US20050192627A1 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2005-09-01 | Whisenant Brian K. | Patent foramen ovale closure devices, delivery apparatus and related methods and systems |
WO2005055834A1 (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2005-06-23 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Device, with electrospun fabric, for a percutaneous transluminal procedure, and methods thereof |
US20050273119A1 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2005-12-08 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Double spiral patent foramen ovale closure clamp |
US9526609B2 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2016-12-27 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for endovascularly replacing a patient's heart valve |
US20070156225A1 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2007-07-05 | Xtent, Inc. | Automated control mechanisms and methods for custom length stent apparatus |
US7824442B2 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2010-11-02 | Sadra Medical, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for endovascularly replacing a heart valve |
EP1547526A1 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2005-06-29 | UMC Utrecht Holding B.V. | Operation element, operation set and method for use thereof |
US20060106447A1 (en) | 2004-01-26 | 2006-05-18 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Adjustable stiffness medical system |
US20050192626A1 (en) | 2004-01-30 | 2005-09-01 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for closure of cardiac openings |
JP2007527742A (en) | 2004-02-03 | 2007-10-04 | アトリア メディカル インク | Apparatus and method for controlling pressure in a living body |
US8764790B2 (en) | 2004-02-04 | 2014-07-01 | Carag Ag | Implant for occluding a body passage |
US20050187568A1 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2005-08-25 | Klenk Alan R. | Devices and methods for closing a patent foramen ovale with a coil-shaped closure device |
WO2005092203A1 (en) | 2004-03-03 | 2005-10-06 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Delivery/recovery system for septal occluder |
JP4589643B2 (en) | 2004-03-17 | 2010-12-01 | テルモ株式会社 | In vivo tissue closure device |
US9039724B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2015-05-26 | Aga Medical Corporation | Device for occluding vascular defects |
US8777974B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2014-07-15 | Aga Medical Corporation | Multi-layer braided structures for occluding vascular defects |
US8313505B2 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2012-11-20 | Aga Medical Corporation | Device for occluding vascular defects |
US8398670B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2013-03-19 | Aga Medical Corporation | Multi-layer braided structures for occluding vascular defects and for occluding fluid flow through portions of the vasculature of the body |
US8361110B2 (en) | 2004-04-26 | 2013-01-29 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Heart-shaped PFO closure device |
CA2563426C (en) | 2004-05-05 | 2013-12-24 | Direct Flow Medical, Inc. | Unstented heart valve with formed in place support structure |
US7842053B2 (en) | 2004-05-06 | 2010-11-30 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Double coil occluder |
US8308760B2 (en) | 2004-05-06 | 2012-11-13 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Delivery systems and methods for PFO closure device with two anchors |
US7704268B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2010-04-27 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Closure device with hinges |
US7842069B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2010-11-30 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Inflatable occluder |
US8257389B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2012-09-04 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Catching mechanisms for tubular septal occluder |
WO2005112832A1 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2005-12-01 | St. Jude Medical, Inc. | Systems and methods for holding annuloplasty rings |
US20090069885A1 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2009-03-12 | Rahdert David A | Devices, systems, and methods for reshaping a heart valve annulus |
US7918872B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2011-04-05 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Embolic device delivery system with retractable partially coiled-fiber release |
EP1827247B8 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2020-05-06 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Occluder device double securement system for delivery/recovery of such occluder device |
US7310041B2 (en) | 2004-11-23 | 2007-12-18 | Mp Hollywood Llc | Circuit breaker |
US7905901B2 (en) | 2004-11-29 | 2011-03-15 | Cardia, Inc. | Self-centering occlusion device |
US7582104B2 (en) | 2004-12-08 | 2009-09-01 | Cardia, Inc. | Daisy design for occlusion device |
JP4366306B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2009-11-18 | テルモ株式会社 | In vivo tissue closure device and in vivo tissue closure device |
US20080147111A1 (en) | 2005-01-03 | 2008-06-19 | Eric Johnson | Endoluminal Filter With Fixation |
US20060167494A1 (en) | 2005-01-21 | 2006-07-27 | Loubert Suddaby | Aneurysm repair method and apparatus |
JP4616665B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2011-01-19 | テルモ株式会社 | Patent application for patent foramen ovale and instrument for patent foramen ovale |
US8277480B2 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2012-10-02 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Catch member for PFO occluder |
CA2599310C (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2013-12-10 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus to achieve a closure of a layered tissue defect |
US20070021758A1 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2007-01-25 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Anastomotic ring applier for use in colorectal applications |
AU2006287211B2 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2012-09-27 | Cardinal Health 529, Llc | Patent foramen ovale closure method |
US20070088388A1 (en) | 2005-09-19 | 2007-04-19 | Opolski Steven W | Delivery device for implant with dual attachment sites |
US9265605B2 (en) | 2005-10-14 | 2016-02-23 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Bronchoscopic lung volume reduction valve |
CA2625826C (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2014-08-05 | Pulsar Vascular, Inc. | Methods and systems for endovascularly clipping and repairing lumen and tissue defects |
WO2007120186A2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2007-10-25 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Radiopaque bioabsorbable occluder |
DE502005009987D1 (en) | 2005-11-11 | 2010-09-02 | Occlutech Gmbh | OCCLUSION INSTRUMENT FOR CLOSING A HEART OF EAR |
US7665466B2 (en) | 2005-11-14 | 2010-02-23 | Occlutech Gmbh | Self-expanding medical occlusion device |
US7955354B2 (en) | 2005-11-14 | 2011-06-07 | Occlutech Gmbh | Occlusion device and surgical instrument and method for its implantation/explantation |
EP1962695A1 (en) | 2005-12-22 | 2008-09-03 | NMT Medical, Inc. | Catch members for occluder devices |
JP5184371B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2013-04-17 | ダブリュー.エル.ゴア アンド アソシエイツ,インコーポレイテッド | Syringe-operated valve and method for flushing a catheter |
US7625392B2 (en) | 2006-02-03 | 2009-12-01 | James Coleman | Wound closure devices and methods |
US20070208350A1 (en) | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Gunderson Richard C | Implantable medical endoprosthesis delivery systems |
DE102006013770A1 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2007-09-27 | Occlutech Gmbh | Occlusion instrument and method for its production |
US8870913B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2014-10-28 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Catch system with locking cap for patent foramen ovale (PFO) occluder |
CA2646825A1 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-11 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Adjustable length patent foramen ovale (pfo) occluder and catch system |
CA2647505C (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2014-07-29 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Deformable flap catch mechanism for occluder device |
US8551135B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2013-10-08 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Screw catch mechanism for PFO occluder and method of use |
CN101049269B (en) | 2006-04-03 | 2010-12-29 | 孟坚 | Medical use obstruction appliance |
DE102006036649A1 (en) | 2006-04-27 | 2007-10-31 | Biophan Europe Gmbh | Occluder for human or animal heart, has intermediate piece eccentrically connected with each closing body in edge area of bodies in closing condition, where occluder or its part forms electrical resonant oscillating circuit |
WO2007140797A1 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-13 | Occlutech Gmbh | Occlusion instrument for closing a cardiac auricle |
US8062325B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2011-11-22 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Implantable medical device detachment system and methods of using the same |
US8439961B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2013-05-14 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Stent retaining mechanisms |
CN200963203Y (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2007-10-24 | 深圳市先健科技股份有限公司 | Blocking device for cardiac septal defect |
US8167894B2 (en) | 2006-08-09 | 2012-05-01 | Coherex Medical, Inc. | Methods, systems and devices for reducing the size of an internal tissue opening |
DE102006040415B3 (en) | 2006-08-29 | 2008-01-24 | Peter Osypka Stiftung Stiftung des bürgerlichen Rechts | Closure element for an occlusion instrument for closing openings in a heart comprises a double-walled tubular braiding having a first braided section with a small cross-section and a second braided section surrounding the first section |
US8894682B2 (en) | 2006-09-11 | 2014-11-25 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | PFO clip |
DE102006045545A1 (en) | 2006-09-25 | 2008-04-03 | Peter Osypka Stiftung Stiftung des bürgerlichen Rechts | Medical device |
WO2008039521A2 (en) | 2006-09-26 | 2008-04-03 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Method for modifying a medical implant surface for promoting tissue growth |
US20080077180A1 (en) | 2006-09-26 | 2008-03-27 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Scaffold for tubular septal occluder device and techniques for attachment |
WO2008042229A2 (en) | 2006-09-28 | 2008-04-10 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Implant-catheter attachment mechanism using snare and method of use |
DE102006050385A1 (en) | 2006-10-05 | 2008-04-10 | pfm Produkte für die Medizin AG | Implantable mechanism for use in human and/or animal body for e.g. closing atrium septum defect, has partial piece that is folded back on another partial piece from primary form into secondary form of carrying structure |
EP1982655B2 (en) | 2007-04-16 | 2022-12-07 | Occlutech Holding AG | Occluder to seal an atrial appendage and method of manufacture thereof |
CN200980690Y (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2007-11-28 | 王震 | Multifunctional heart partition defect blocking device |
EP1923019B1 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2010-10-20 | SeptRx, Inc. | Device for preventing the undesired passage of emboli from a venous blood pool to an arterial blood pool |
US20080208214A1 (en) | 2007-02-26 | 2008-08-28 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Applicator and tissue fastening method through natural orifice |
US9005242B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2015-04-14 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Septal closure device with centering mechanism |
AU2008262426B2 (en) | 2007-06-08 | 2014-10-23 | St. Jude Medical, Inc. | Devices for transcatheter prosthetic heart valve implantation and access closure |
US8034061B2 (en) | 2007-07-12 | 2011-10-11 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed intravascular occlusion devices |
EP2182852A2 (en) | 2007-08-02 | 2010-05-12 | Occlutech GmbH | Method of producing a medical implantable device and medical implantable device |
US8734483B2 (en) | 2007-08-27 | 2014-05-27 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Spider PFO closure device |
US8858576B2 (en) | 2007-09-10 | 2014-10-14 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Tissue fastening tool, stent, applicator for placing the same, and tissue fastening method through natural orifice |
US8366741B2 (en) | 2007-09-13 | 2013-02-05 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device with centering arm |
US20090292310A1 (en) | 2007-09-13 | 2009-11-26 | Dara Chin | Medical device for occluding a heart defect and a method of manufacturing the same |
US20120150218A1 (en) | 2007-09-13 | 2012-06-14 | Robert Tyler Sandgren | Medical device for occluding a heart defect and a method of manufacturing the same |
US20090082803A1 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2009-03-26 | Aga Medical Corporation | Braided vascular devices having no end clamps |
US8715319B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2014-05-06 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Catch member for septal occluder with adjustable-length center joint |
CN201082203Y (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2008-07-09 | 先健科技(深圳)有限公司 | Heart defect occluder device |
US20090118745A1 (en) | 2007-11-06 | 2009-05-07 | Cook Incorporated | Patent foramen ovale closure apparatus and method |
US20090171386A1 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2009-07-02 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed intravascular occlusion devices |
US20090192518A1 (en) | 2008-01-24 | 2009-07-30 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Apparatus and method for loading and delivering a stent having improved handles to control relative catheter component movement |
US9119607B2 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2015-09-01 | Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. | Heart occlusion devices |
US20130165967A1 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2013-06-27 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Heart occlusion devices |
US9138213B2 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2015-09-22 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Heart occlusion devices |
WO2009117435A2 (en) | 2008-03-17 | 2009-09-24 | Northwestern University | Devices and methods for percutaneous access, hemostasis, and closure |
DE102008015781B4 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2011-09-29 | Malte Neuss | Device for sealing defects in the vascular system |
US20110184439A1 (en) | 2008-05-09 | 2011-07-28 | University Of Pittsburgh-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Biological Matrix for Cardiac Repair |
RU84711U1 (en) | 2008-10-30 | 2009-07-20 | Государственное образовательное учреждение высшего профессионального образования "Белгородский государственный университет" | NOBILE CATHETER-DRAINAGE |
US8940015B2 (en) | 2008-11-11 | 2015-01-27 | Aga Medical Corporation | Asymmetrical medical devices for treating a target site and associated method |
AU2009322353B2 (en) | 2008-12-05 | 2013-04-18 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Tissue anchors for purse-string closure of perforations |
US20100160944A1 (en) | 2008-12-24 | 2010-06-24 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Thermally detachable embolic assemblies |
CN101773418B (en) | 2009-01-12 | 2011-12-07 | 赵菁 | Cardiac ventricular septal defect closer |
US10702275B2 (en) | 2009-02-18 | 2020-07-07 | St. Jude Medical Cardiology Division, Inc. | Medical device with stiffener wire for occluding vascular defects |
US8029534B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2011-10-04 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Closure device with string retractable umbrella |
CH701269A1 (en) | 2009-06-10 | 2010-12-15 | Carag Ag | Occluder. |
JP5698228B2 (en) | 2009-06-17 | 2015-04-08 | コヒーレックス メディカル インコーポレイテッドCoherex Medical,Inc. | Medical device for left atrial appendage modification |
US9381006B2 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2016-07-05 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
US20120029556A1 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2012-02-02 | Masters Steven J | Sealing device and delivery system |
US8956389B2 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2015-02-17 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
US8357179B2 (en) | 2009-07-08 | 2013-01-22 | Concentric Medical, Inc. | Vascular and bodily duct treatment devices and methods |
US9757107B2 (en) | 2009-09-04 | 2017-09-12 | Corvia Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for intra-atrial shunts having adjustable sizes |
EP2485689B1 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2020-03-18 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Stomach bypass |
DE102009060770A1 (en) | 2009-12-30 | 2011-07-07 | Bentley Surgical GmbH, 72379 | Medical implant for closing vascular openings |
US20110301630A1 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2011-12-08 | Cook Incorporated | Occlusion device |
JP2013532013A (en) | 2010-06-04 | 2013-08-15 | エンドシールド,インコーポレーテッド | Temporary gastrointestinal protector |
US8828051B2 (en) | 2010-07-02 | 2014-09-09 | Pfm Medical Ag | Left atrial appendage occlusion device |
BR112013005429A2 (en) | 2010-09-06 | 2016-06-07 | Nonwotecc Medical Gmbh | "device for closing openings or cavities in blood vessels" |
CN201905941U (en) * | 2010-12-24 | 2011-07-27 | 王广义 | Atrial septal defect occluder |
DE202011001366U1 (en) | 2011-01-12 | 2011-03-24 | Osypka, Peter, Dr.-Ing. | Closure of unwanted openings in the heart |
US8821529B2 (en) | 2011-03-25 | 2014-09-02 | Aga Medical Corporation | Device and method for occluding a septal defect |
EP2707077B1 (en) | 2011-05-11 | 2017-10-04 | Microvention, Inc. | Device for occluding a lumen |
EP2524653A1 (en) * | 2011-05-17 | 2012-11-21 | Carag AG | Occluder |
US10813630B2 (en) | 2011-08-09 | 2020-10-27 | Corquest Medical, Inc. | Closure system for atrial wall |
US9770232B2 (en) | 2011-08-12 | 2017-09-26 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Heart occlusion devices |
EP2744423A4 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2015-06-24 | Inceptus Medical LLC | Expandable occlusion device and methods |
US9554806B2 (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2017-01-31 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Occlusive devices |
EP2572644A1 (en) | 2011-09-22 | 2013-03-27 | Occlutech Holding AG | Medical implantable occlusion device |
EP2819585B1 (en) | 2012-02-29 | 2017-11-29 | Occlutech Holding AG | A device for occluding an opening in a body and associated methods |
US11744594B2 (en) * | 2012-11-16 | 2023-09-05 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Space filling devices |
US10828019B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2020-11-10 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
US20140309684A1 (en) | 2013-04-10 | 2014-10-16 | Mustafa H. Al-Qbandi | Atrial septal occluder device and method |
US10123805B2 (en) | 2013-06-26 | 2018-11-13 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Space filling devices |
CN106464953B (en) | 2014-04-15 | 2020-03-27 | 克里斯·T·阿纳斯塔斯 | Two-channel audio system and method |
US9808230B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2017-11-07 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
-
2015
- 2015-06-04 US US14/731,205 patent/US9808230B2/en active Active
- 2015-06-05 EP EP19194806.6A patent/EP3597114A1/en active Pending
- 2015-06-05 CA CA3053118A patent/CA3053118C/en active Active
- 2015-06-05 ES ES15731436T patent/ES2757624T3/en active Active
- 2015-06-05 AU AU2015269261A patent/AU2015269261B2/en active Active
- 2015-06-05 BR BR112016028643A patent/BR112016028643A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2015-06-05 CA CA2949111A patent/CA2949111C/en active Active
- 2015-06-05 WO PCT/US2015/034452 patent/WO2015188087A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-06-05 CA CA3142812A patent/CA3142812A1/en active Pending
- 2015-06-05 EP EP15731436.0A patent/EP3151753B1/en active Active
- 2015-06-05 CN CN201580041903.7A patent/CN106659489B/en active Active
- 2015-06-05 JP JP2016571209A patent/JP6470316B2/en active Active
- 2015-06-05 CN CN201910530517.4A patent/CN110090049B/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-10-24 US US15/791,678 patent/US10368853B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-07-25 US US16/522,234 patent/US11298116B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-02-02 US US17/590,972 patent/US20220151599A1/en active Pending
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US12059140B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2024-08-13 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Septal closure device with centering mechanism |
US12082795B2 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2024-09-10 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU2015269261A1 (en) | 2016-12-15 |
US20200121307A1 (en) | 2020-04-23 |
CN106659489B (en) | 2019-07-16 |
AU2015269261B2 (en) | 2018-04-19 |
BR112016028643A2 (en) | 2017-08-22 |
EP3151753B1 (en) | 2019-09-11 |
CA3053118C (en) | 2022-02-15 |
US20180042592A1 (en) | 2018-02-15 |
JP2017516595A (en) | 2017-06-22 |
US11298116B2 (en) | 2022-04-12 |
EP3597114A1 (en) | 2020-01-22 |
CA3142812A1 (en) | 2015-12-10 |
WO2015188087A1 (en) | 2015-12-10 |
US9808230B2 (en) | 2017-11-07 |
CA2949111A1 (en) | 2015-12-10 |
CA2949111C (en) | 2019-10-22 |
ES2757624T3 (en) | 2020-04-29 |
US20150351731A1 (en) | 2015-12-10 |
CN110090049B (en) | 2023-01-13 |
US10368853B2 (en) | 2019-08-06 |
CA3053118A1 (en) | 2015-12-10 |
CN106659489A (en) | 2017-05-10 |
CN110090049A (en) | 2019-08-06 |
EP3151753A1 (en) | 2017-04-12 |
JP6470316B2 (en) | 2019-02-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11771408B2 (en) | Sealing device and delivery system | |
US20220151599A1 (en) | Sealing device and delivery system | |
US20210007725A1 (en) | Sealing device and delivery system | |
EP3292825B1 (en) | Sealing device and delivery system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |